Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

FORM 3 GEOGRAPHY JOINT EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES FREE

 FORM GEOGRAPHY   CONTEST PAPER

TIME: 2: 00 HRS

INSTRUCTION TO THE CANDIDATES

This paper contains five sections

Answer all questions in this paper in the answer sheet provided

Answer all the questions in English

SECTION A : (PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-STRUCTURED)(20 MARKS)

  1. (a) What is equinox ? (2 marks)

 

(b)    State two reasons for high temperatures in the interior of the earth                       (2 marks)

 

  1. (a) Name two features formed due to earth movements.             (2 marks)

(b)   Outline three evidences supporting continental drift theory                        (3 marks)

 

  1. Name three features resulting from extrusive volcanic activity. (3marks)

 

  1. (a) Define weathering. (2 marks)

(b) List two types of weathering.                                                                                   (2 marks)

  1. Use the diagram below to answer question (a)

 

(a) Identify the features labelled S and T                                                           (2 marks)

 

(b) Name two types of river erosion                                                                   (2 marks)

 

            SECTION B: MAP WORK                                (20 MARKS)

 

  1. Study the map of Kijabe 1:50,000 provided and answer the following questions.

 

(a)(i) Give the longitudinal extent of the area covered by map.                              (2 marks)

(ii) Name two types of scale used in the map                                                        (2 marks)

(iii) Identify two human features at grid square 3699                                          (2 marks)

(b) Name three types of natural vegetation in the area covered by map.              (3 marks)

(c ) Draw a rectangle 8cm by 6 cm to represent area bound by Easting 30 and 34 and Northing 90 and 93.                                                                                                 (2 marks)

On it mark and label.

  •                                                               (1mark)
  • All weather road bound surface. (1 mark)
  •                                                   (1 mark)

(d) Describe the relief of the area covered by map.                                                   (5 marks)

 

    SECTION C:    STATISTICS                              (20 MARKS)

  1. The table below shows the forest products of different countries in Kenya between 2009 and 2011 in tones.

Use it to answer the questions below.

 

COUNTY 2009 2010 2011
UASIN GISHU 320 340 380
KAKAMEGA 260 280 300
BOMET 200 240 280
KERICHO 300 350 370

 

 

(a ) (i) . Use a scale 1 cm represents 100 tonnes to draw a compound bar to represent the above data.                                                                                                                        (8 marks)

(ii) Give three advantages of using compound bar graphs as a method of data presentation                                                                                                                       (3 marks)

(b) (i) What is agroforestry?                                                                                          (2 marks)

(ii) Give three reasons why the government is encouraging agroforestry in Kenya.

(3 marks)

(c ) State four factors favouring development of softwoods in Kenya.                    (4 marks)

   SECTION D: PHOTOGRAPH WORK                                      (20 MARKS)

  1. Study the photograph shown and answer the questions that follow
  • (i) Identify the type of photograph                                                          (1 mark)
  • Draw a rectangle 10cm by 6cm to represent the main features in the photograph. (5 marks)
  • (i) Name the type of mining shown above.                                                       (1 mark)

(ii) Explain three effects of this type of mining to the environment.             (6 marks)

(c ) (i) Name three areas of gold mining in South Africa.                                      (3 marks)

(ii) State four significance of gold mining to the economy of South Africa. (4 marks)

 

SECTION E:    CLIMATE, VEGETATION AND FIELD WORK)       (20MARKS)

  1. (a ) i) Give three characteristics of convectional rainfall.                                      ( 3 marks)
  2.  ii)    Name two instruments kept in a Stevenson screen                                     (2 marks)

(b). (i) State three characteristics of climate experienced in the Kenya Highlands. (3  marks)

(ii) List two greenhouse gases.                                                                                   ( 2 marks)

(c ) (i) Outline four characteristics of the dominant natural vegetation in the Narok region.                                                                                                                                               (3 marks)

(ii) Describe the characteristics of coniferous forests.                                            (4 marks)

(d ) You intend to carry out fieldwork in a forested area:

  • State two objectives you might formulate for the study. (2 marks)
  • Give one reason for drawing a time schedule.  ( 1 mark)



         FORM    THREE   GEOGRAPHY   

                                          MARKING SCHEME

                     

SECTION A : (PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY-STRUCTURED)(20 MARKS)

  1. (a) What is equinox ? (2 marks)
  • is the date when the sun is overhead at the equator at mid day

(b)    State two reasons for high temperatures in the interior of the earth                       (2 marks)

 

  • The interior of the earth cooled slowly after breaking away from the sun hence retained much of its original temperatures
  • The weight of the overlying materials / layers exerts pressure on the core resulting in high temperatures
  • Radioactivity taking place within the earth releases a lot of energy in form of heat(2 x 1 = 2mks).

 

  1. (a) Name two features formed due to earth movements. (2 marks)

 

  • Fold mountains
  • Formation of trenches
  • Mid-ocean ridges

 

(b)   Outline three evidences supporting continental drift theory                         (3 marks)

 

  • paleontological evidence(similar fosills
  • Jigsaw fit of continental margins
  • Geological evidence /similarity in rocks
  • Paleoclimatic evidence
  • Biological evidence
  • Sea floor spreading
  • Evidences of continental drift
  1. Name three features resulting from extrusive volcanic activity. (3marks)

 

  • Composite cones
  • Lava domes
  • Plug domes
  • Spine / volcano plug
  • Hot springs and geysers
  • Lava plateau
  • Crater / caldera
  • Ash and cinder cones.
  1. (a) Define weathering. (2 marks)

Weathering is mechanical breakdown or chemical decay of rocks in situ (without movement)

(b) List two types of weathering.                                                                                   (2 marks)

  • Mechanical /physical
  • Biological /biotic
  • Chemical weathering
  1. Use the diagram below to answer question (a)

(a) Identify the features labeled S and T                                                           (2 marks)

S-resistant rock cap/horizontal rock

T-Plunge pool

 

(b) Name two types of river erosion                                                                   (2 marks)

  • Head ward erosion /Spring sapping
  • Lateral erosion
  • Vertical erosion
  1. Study the map of Kijabe 1:50,000 provided and answer the following questions.

(a)(i) Give the longitudinal extent of the area covered by map.                              (2 marks

 

  • 36 0 30’E to 36 0 45’ E =15’

(ii) Name two types of scale used in the map                                                        (2 marks)

  • Linear scale

ratio scale.

(iii) Identify two human features at grid square 3699                                          (2 marks)

  • Houses
  • Dry weather

 

 

(b) Name three types of natural vegetation in the area covered by map.              (3 marks)

  • Wood land
  • Bamboo
  • Scrub
  • Thickets
  • Forests
  • Scattered trees

 

(c ) Draw a rectangle 8cm by 6 cm to represent area bound by Easting 30 and 34 and Northing 90 and 93.                                                                                                 (2 marks)

On it mark and label.

  • (1mark)
  • All weather road bound surface. (1 mark)
  • (1 mark)

 

A RECTANGLE SHOWING THE BY  AREA BOUND BY EASTING 30AND 34 AND NORTHING 90  AND 93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d) Describe the relief of the area covered by map.                                                   (5 marks)

  • The area covered by the map has conical hills eg Kijabe hill
  • The area covered by the map has escarpment .
  • The area covered by the map has valleys eg Ewaso Kedong Valley
  • The area covered by the map has many river valleys .
  • The highest point in the area covered by the map is 2660m and the lowest is 1720m
  • The land is flat around the plantations in the northern part of the map
  • The Eastern part of the area covered by the map is gently sloppy this is evidenced by wide spread contours
  • The area has steep slopes on the north eastern part

 

    SECTION C:                                                     STATISTICS                              (20 MARKS)

  1. The table below shows the forest products of different countries in Kenya between 2009 and 2011 in tones.

Use it to answer the questions below.

 

COUNTY 2009 2010 2011
UASIN GISHU 320 340 380
KAKAMEGA 260 280 300
BOMET 200 240 280
KERICHO 300 350 370

 

(a ) (i) . Use a scale 1 cm represents 100 tonnes to draw a compound bar to represent the above data.                                                                                                                        (8 marks)

(ii) Give three advantages of using compound bar graphs as a method of data presentation                                                                                                                       (3 marks)

The create a good visual impression

The can be used to show many commodities

It is used where there is need for comparison

(b) (i) What is agroforestry?                                                                                          (2 marks)

is a land use system, which enables the production of trees, crops and livestock on a given unit of land either in spatial arrangement

(ii) Give three reasons why the government is encouraging agroforestry in Kenya.

(3 marks)

 

(c ) State four factors favouring development of softwoods in Kenya.                    (4 marks)

  • Cool climate in the Kenya highlands for tree growth
  • Fertile soils-Volcanic soils within the Kenya highlands
  • High precipitation ranging between 1000-2000 which favours growth of trees
  • Rugged landscape in some areas which discourages settlements and agriculture leaving growing of trees as the only alternative
  • Varied altitude which favours growth of different types of trees due to varied temperatures and rainfall
  • Creation of forests reserves which enables forests to develop without interference form humans

 

   SECTION D:                           PHOTOGRAPH WORK                                      (20 MARKS)

  1. Study the photograph shown and answer the questions that follow
  • (i) Identify the type of photograph                                                          (1 mark)
  • ground general view
  • Draw a rectangle 10cm by 6cm to represent the main features in the photograph.                        (5 marks)

 

 

A SKETCH OF THE PHOTOGRAPH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • (i) Name the type of mining shown above.                                                       (1 mark)
  • open cast mining

(ii) Explain three effects of this type of mining to the environment.             (6 marks)

  • The land is left with gaping quarries which are ugly and interferes with the beauty of land. √
  • The heaps of rocks hinder any other forms of land use. √
  • The clearing of land before extraction of minerals exposes it to soil erosion. √
  • dust produced is a health hazard and pollutes the atmosphere. √
  • It causes shortage of land as people are displaced. √
  • Open cast mines create ponds which become habitat for disease vectors. √
  • It destroys the natural vegetation. √
  • Large scale blasting of rocks leads to instability of the basement rocks. √ 6marks.

(c ) (i) Name three areas of gold mining in South Africa.                                      (3 marks)

  • The Rand/Witwatersrand.
  • Orange Free State.

(ii) State four significance of gold mining to the economy of South Africa. (4 marks)

  • It earns Republic of South Africa foreign exchange through exports.
  • It’s a major source of employment thus helping raise the living standards.
  • It has led to widespread urbanization contributing to the formation of conurbation in the Rand.
  • The profit accrued from gold has been used to develop infrastructure- roads, railways, and social amenities.
  • It has led to the development of industries in the Orange Free State and Trans-vaal.

SECTION E:    CLIMATE, VEGETATION AND FIELD WORK)       (20MARKS)

  1. (a ) i) Give three characteristics of convectional rainfall.                                      ( 3 marks)
  • Occurs in the afternoon
  • Is short lived
  • Occurs in large drops
  • Is Torrential
  • Is accompanied by thunder and lightning
  • Usually accompanied by hailstones
  1. ii) Name two instruments kept in a Stevenson screen                                     (2 marks)
  • Thermometer
  • Hygrometer

(b). (i) State three characteristics of climate experienced in the Kenya Highlands. (3  marks)

 

  • Temperature ranges between 170C to 240C
  • Annual rainfall totals are between 1000mm – 1500mm
  • Humidity is moderate
  • Annual range of temperature is 30C to 50C
  • Coolest months are between June and August the rest are warm
  • Orographic / relief rainfall is experienced
  • Has double maxima rainfall regime.
  • Rainfall occurs throughout the year (long rains between March and May, short rains between September and December )

 

(ii) List two greenhouse gases.                                                                                   ( 2 marks)

  • Carbon dioxide (CO2)
  • Chlorofluorocarbons (CFS)
  • Methane
  • Nitrous oxide (N2O)

(c ) (i) Outline four characteristics of the dominant natural vegetation in the Narok region.                                                                                                                                               (3 marks)

  • Consist of a mixture of trees and grass.
  • Grass is the dominant type of vegetation of the savanna./ Grass dominates the vegetation
  • Most of the trees are umbrella-shaped.
  • The common tree species are acacia, baobab, palms and ceiba.
  • Some trees are stunted barks and are drought resistant.
  • Most of the trees shade their leaves during the dry season and the grass withers and dry up.
  • Some of the trees have long tap roots which develop in the ground.
  • Some of the trees like baobab have thick stems.
  • Along some river valleys there are tall trees and thick bush /River valleys have tall trees and thick bushes/ riverine vegetation
  • In the wetter areas the grass is tall and close together
  • The grass dominates the undergrowth ( in the woodlands)
  • In the drier areas, the grass is shorter and tufted
  • The trees are shorter more scattered
  • During the wet season, the grass withers away/ trees shed their  leaves/trees are deciduous
  • During the dry season, the grass sprouts and the dormant seeds germinate.

(ii) Describe the characteristics of coniferous forests.                                            (4 marks)

  • Trees respond to harsh climatic conditions which include cold winters, cool summers and high summer rainfall.
  • Trees have needle leaves that help to reduce transpiration.
  • Trees have a conical structure which helps in stability during strong winds and also in dripping snow to the ground.
  • Trees have deep roots that spread out widely to absorb maximum amount of water.
  • Trees have great uniform stands with little undergrowth.
  • The forest species are generally few, covering large tracks of land.

 

(d ) You intend to carry out fieldwork in a forested area:

  • State two objectives you might formulate for the study. (2 marks)
  • To find out the uses of the vegetation in the tropical rain forest.
  • To identify the plant species in the forest.
  • To investigate the influence of aspect on vegetation.
  • To determine the relationship between attitude and vegetation.
  • Give one reason for drawing a time schedule. ( 1 mark)

 

  • To ensure proper time management and reduce tendency of wasting time.
  • To ensure that all important areas are adequately covered.
  • Ensures that the researcher remains on course.
  • It is a pointer as to how much time will be required for the study.

SCHEMES OF WORK FRENCH FORM 1

PROGRAMME DE TRAVAIL

PREMIER ANNEE, TROISIEME TRIMESTRE

SEM CRS CONTENU CONCEPT OBJECTIFS DOCUMENTS DIDACTIQUES ACTIVITES D’APPRENTISSAGE REFERENCE REMAR-QUES
1 1-3   PREMIER CONTROLE CONTINU      
2 1-3 Communica-tion

Grammaire

Dialogue

 

·       Questions et réponses sur la famille

·       Quelle heure est-il ?

A la fin du cours, les  élèves seront capables de :

1.     parler de sa famille.

2.     demander et dire l’heure qu’il est.

cartes

cloche

cassette

photos de famille

Questions/réponses

Lecture

Ecoute

Répétitions

 

Entre Copains 1 pg 92-105

Au Sommet 1 pg 32-37, 121-128, 34, 36

On y va 1 pg 149

Parlons Français  1pg 143-144

 
3 1-3 Communica-ti0n

Grammaire

Rédaction

Phonétique

 

·       prendre conge

·       négation- ne…pas + de

·       la famille

·       les sons [g] et [k]

·       les adjectifs qualifiants (masculin et féminin)

Les élèves seront capables de :

1.     produire correctement les sons [g] et [k]

2.     lire un texte de compréhension et répondre aux questions qui y correspondent

3.     décrire les membres defamille

Cassette

Affiche

Copie du texte

 

Exercices de compréhensionécrite

Répétitions

Ecoute

Lecture

Descriptions des membres de famille

Ecrit

 

 

Entre Copains 1 pg 97, 106-108, 110-111Au Sommet 1 pg 42, 52-53

On y va 1 pg  9, 13, 77, 17-18

Parlons Français 1pg62-63

 
4 1-3 Communication

Grammaire

 

 

·       exprimer l’accord/accepter quelque chose

·       dire où l’on va

·       l’impératif

·       la possession  (le/la/l’/les + nom + de)

Les apprenants seront capables de :

1.     exprimer l’accord

2.     accepter quelque chose

3.     dire ou l’on va

4.     exprimer la possession

5.     donner des ordres

Affiche

Objets

Exercices

Ecrit

Discussion

Observation

jeu de rôle

 

Entre Copains 1 pg  115-122

Au Sommet 1 pg 40, 90-102

On y va 1 pg  21, 55,57, 63

Parlons Français 1pg 80-84, 95, 107, 113, 127

 
5 1-3 Communication

Phonétique

 

·       les sons [o] et [ᴐ]

·       compréhension (la lettre de Julie)

Les apprenants seront capables de :

1.     identifier et produire correctement les sons [o] et [ᴐ]

2.     lire la lettre et répondre aux questions qui y correspondent.

Copie de la lettre

Exercices

Cassette

 

Lecture

Ecrit

Discussions

Ecoute

Exercices

 

Entre Copains 1 pg  123-125

Au Sommet 1 pg

On y va 1 pg

Parlons Français  1pg

 
6 1-3 Communication

Grammaire

 

·       dire que l’on est absent/présent

·       téléphoner

·       interrogation en utilisant l’inversion et l’intonation

Les apprenants seront capables de :

1.     dire et demander si l’on est absent/présent

2.     s’exprimer au téléphone.

3.     poser des questions en utilisant l’inversion et l’intonation

Jeux

Portales

Exercices  de réemploie

Ecrit

Ecoute

Observation

Jeu de rôle

 

Entre Copains 1 pg

Au Sommet 1 pg 49-50, 75-76, 103-107, 110

On y va 1 pg

Parlons Français 1pg 61, 64-65, 69, 71

 
7 1-3 Communication ·       exprimer l’admiration, la joie et satisfaction

·       offrir et donner quelque chose a quelqu’un.

Les apprenants seront capables de :

1.     exprimer la joie.

2.     féliciter

3.     exprimer l’admiration

Jeux de rôle

Exercices de réemploie

 

Ecrit

Ecoute

Jeux de rôle

Observation

 

Entre Copains 1 pg  85

Au Sommet 1 pg

On y va 1 pg

Parlons Français 1pg 106, 113, 140-141

 
8 1-3 Communication ·       Souhaiter la bienvenue à quelqu’un.

·       S’excuser

·       Dire à quelqu’un de se patienter

·       Remercier quelqu’un

Les apprenants seront capables de :

1.     conjuguer correctement les verbes en –IR et  -RE au présent de l’indicatif

2.     formuler les phrases  en utilisant les verbes en –IR et –RE

 

Exercices

Jeux

Textes

Flash cards

Table de conjugaison

 

Ecrit

Conjugaison

Observation

Formulation des phrases

Questions/réponses

 

Entre Copains 1 pg  141, 145

Au Sommet 1 pg 118, 128

On y va 1 pg

Parlons Français 1pg

 
9 1-3 Grammaire

 

 

Présent de l’indicatif des verbes pronominaux Les apprenants seront capables de :

1.     conjuguer correctement les verbes pronominaux au présent de l’indicatif

2.     formuler des phrases en utilisant les verbes pronominaux

Exercices de réemploie

Jeu

Textes

Table de conjugaison

Flash cards

 

 

Jeux de rôle

Exercices de conjugaison

Ecrit

Observation

Questions/réponses

Entre Copains 1 pg  141, 145

Au Sommet 1 pg 118, 128

On y va 1 pg

Parlons Français1 pg 83

 

 
10-11 1-3 REVISION ET  EXAMENS DE FIN DU TROISIEME TRIMESTRE 2014

 

Best Business Studies Schemes of Work Form 1 (As per the new School Term Dates)

SCHEME  OF  WORK            FORM  ONE  BUSINESS  STUDIES         TERM  ONE     YEAR 20……………  

WK/NO

L/NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES
MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1-4

Selection of students        

5

1

INTRODUCTION  TO  BUSINESS STUDIES

 

Definition of Business Studies.

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Give the meaning of a business and business activity.

Define Business Studies.

 

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

Illustrative pictures.

 

 

 

New Inventor

KLB BK II

 

Pg 1

 

2

Some terms used in Business Studies. Define terms related to Business Studies.

 

Exposition and brief discussion.   Pg 2-3  

3

Importance of studying Business Studies.

Outline the importance of studying Business Studies. Probing questions;

Discussion;

Topic review.

  Pg 3-4  

6

1

BUSINESS & ENVIRONMENT

Purpose of a business.

 

Types of business activities.

Explain how a business realizes its purpose of making profits.

 

Identify types of business activities.

 

Oral questions;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  Pg 5-6  

6

2

Business and internal environment.

Explain the concept of business environment.

Discuss internal business environments.

Probing questions;

Exposition;

Discussion.

Chart- illustration of internal business environments. Pg 6-8  

3

Business and external environment.

Discuss external business environments. Probing questions;

Exposition;

Discussion.

Chart- illustration of external business environments. Pg 8-10  

7

1

SATISFACTION OF HUMAN WANTS

 

Characteristics of human wants.

 

 

 

Outline characteristics of human wants.

Classify human wants as either primary or secondary.

 

 

 

 

Oral questions;

Case studies;

Brief discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pg 12-14

 

2,3

Characteristics of goods and services.

Outline characteristics of goods and services. Q/A to review human wants;

Discussion.

 

  Pg 15-16  

8

1-2

Economic resources.

Outline characteristics of economic resources.

Classify economic resources.

Q/A to review human wants;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  Pg 17-21  

3

Scarcity, choice & opportunity cost. State how scarcity, choice and opportunity cost are related. Exposition;

Oral questions

Discussion.

  Pg 21-22  

9

1-2

PRODUCTION

 

Types of utilities.

Identify types of utility.

State advantages and disadvantages of direct / indirect production.

Exposition of new concepts;

Brief discussion.

 

  Pg 23-25  

3

 Levels of production.

Discuss the three levels of production. Exposition &

Discussion.

  Pg 25-26  

10

1-2

Factors of production. State the characteristics of land, labour, capital and entrepreneurship.

 

Exposition;

Giving examples;

Discussion.

  Pg 27-29  

3

Division of labour.

State advantages and disadvantages of division of labour. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

  Pg 29-30  

11

1

Labour specialization.

State advantages and disadvantages of  specialization of labour. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

     

2-3

Classification of goods and services. Classify goods and services broadly. Exposition of new concepts;

Brief discussion.

Topic assessment.

 

  31-32  

12,

13

END  OF  TERM  EXAMINATIONS  

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK            FORM  ONE  BUSINESS  STUDIES         TERM  TWO YEAR 20……………  

WK/NO

L/NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES
MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

 

Introduction.

 

A good entreprenuer.

State role of an entrepreneur.

Outline importance of entreneurship.

List characteristics of a good entrepreneur.

 

Exposition of new concepts;

Brief discussion.

 

  Pg 34-35  

2

Business idea.

Give the meaning of a business idea.

Identify some sources of a business idea.

 

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

Local dailies, nnewspapers. Pg 36-39  

3

Business opportunity.

Explain factors considered when carrying out a business opportunity evaluation.

 

Probing questions;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

  Pg 39-41  

2

1

Business plan. Enumerate items required in a business plan.

Cite reasons for having a business plan.

 

 

Brain storming;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

  Pg. 41-42  

2-3

Entrepreneurial practices.

Outline factors influencing entrepreneurial practices. Probing questions;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

  Pg 42-  

1

Business success / failure.

Highlight some causes of business success  / failure. Oral questions;

Discussion.

  Pg 44-46  

3

2

Ethical issues in business.

Explain the need for upholding high ethical standards in a business. Probing questions;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion;

Topic assessment.

  Pg 46-48  

3

THE OFFICE

 

Functions of  an office.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highlight functions of an office.

 

 

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Brief discussion.

 

 

School office.

 

 

Pg 49-50

 

1-3

Reproduction of documents in an office.

Outline methods of reproduction of documents in an office.

 

State merits and demerits of various methods of document reproduction.

 

Observing equipment used in an office;

 

 

Discussion with probing questions.

 

Duplicating machine, copier, computers, printing machine, scanner, etc. Pg 51-54  

5

1

 

 

 

 

2

Filing.

 

 

 

 

Open office layout.

Identify characteristic of a good filing system.

Outline role of filing in an office.

 

State merits and demerits of an open office lay out.

 

 

 

Probing questions;

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

Filing cabinet. Pg 55,56  

3

Enclosed office.

 

 

Landscape office lay out.

State merits and demerits of an enclosed office.

 

Outline features of a landscape office lay out.

 

State merits and demerits of landscape office lay out.

 

Exposition of new terms;

Probing questions;

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

Charts- various office lay outs. Pg 57-58  

6

1-3

Office equipment. State the role of office equipment.

Identify types of office equipments.

Examining office equipment;

Brief discussion.

Office equipment / Photographs. Pg 58-60  

7

1

TEST          

2

Selecting office equipment. Highlight factors considered when selecting office equipment. Oral questions;

Discussion.

  Pg 61-62  

3

Office staff. Outline duties of office staff.

Identify qualities of office staff.

Brain storming;

Open discussion.

  Pg 62-65  

8

1-3

Trends in office management. Identify features of an

e-office.

Open discussion on

e-technology and its impact on office management.

 

Computer centre, networked office. Pg 65-68  

9

1-3

HOME TRADE

 

Importance of trade.

 

 

Retail traders without shops.

 

 

Outline importance of trade.

 

Give examples of traders without shops.

State advantages / disadvantages of  hawking, open air markets, road side markets, vending machines.

 

 

 

 

Open discussion;

 

Probing questions;

 

Group work & presentations

   

 

 

 

Pg 70-74

 

10

1-3

Retail traders with shops. Give examples of traders with shops.

State advantages / disadvantages of unit shops, tied shop, kiosk,

 

 

Open discussion;

Probing questions;

Group work & presentations

  Pg 74-76  

11

1

Large scale retailers.

-supermarkets.

Identify features of supermarkets.

State advantages / disadvantages of supermarkets.

 

Group work & presentations;

Discussion;

 

  Pg 76-81  

2

-chain stores. Identify features of chain stores

State advantages / disadvantages of chain stores.

 

 

 

Probing questions;

Discussion.

Photographs.    

3

-departmental stores. Identify features of departmental stores,

State advantages / disadvantages of departmental stores.

 

 

Probing questions;

Discussion.

Photographs.    

12

13

END  OF  TERM  TWO  EXAMINATIONS  

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK           FORM  ONE  BUSINESS  STUDIES         TERM  THREE YEAR 20……………  

WK/NO

L/NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING
ACTIVITIES
MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1

-hypermarkets. Identify features of hypermarkets

State advantages / disadvantages of hypermarkets.

Probing questions;

Discussion.

     

2

-Mail order stores. Identify features of mail order stores.

State advantages / disadvantages of mail order store.

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

Photographs.    

3

Functions of retailers. Outline services rendered by retailers. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Brief discussion.

  Pg 82-85  

2

1,2

Categories of wholesalers. Outline various categories of wholesalers. Exposition;

Oral questions;

Brief discussion.

  Pg 85-86  

3

Functions of wholesalers. Enumerate functions of wholesalers. Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Brief discussion.

  Pg 86  

3

1-3

Documents used in home trade.

Identify some documents used in home trade. Brief discussion on catalogue, letter of inquiry, quotation, price list, various notes, invoice, delivery, etc.

Group work.

Sample copies of documents used in home trade. Pg 87-90  

4

1-3

Documents used in home trade

Identify some documents used in home trade during cash and credit transactions. Brief discussion on catalogue, letter of inquiry, quotation, price list, various notes, invoice, delivery, etc.

Group work.

 

Sample copies of documents used in home trade. Pg 90–99  

5

1

Means of payment

Cash

State advantages (to the buyer and to the seller) of cash payment.

 

 

Brain storming;

Brief discussion.

 

  Pg 100-101  

2

Cheque.

State advantages (to the buyer and to the seller) of cheque payment.

 

  Sample cheque. Pg 101-102  

3

Bill of exchange.

Identify features of a bill ob exchange.

Outline steps of preparing a bill of exchange.

 

Exposition;

Brief discussion.

Sample bill of exchange. Pg 103-4  

6

1

Promissory note.

Describe a promissory note.

Identify features of promissory note.

 

Exposition;

Brief discussion.

Sample note. Pg 104  

2

Money order.

Identify features of a money order.

 

Examine a money order to identify its features;

Discussion on its appropriateness.

 

Sample money orders. Pg 104-5  

3

Postal order.

Identify features of a money order.

Compare a money order and a postal order.

 

Examine a postal order to identify its features;

Discussion on its appropriateness.

Postal order copies. Pg 105-6  

7

1-2

TEST & MID-TERM BREAK        

3

Banker’s cheque.

Identify features of a banker’s cheque.

Give reasons why a cheque may be dishonoured.

 

 

Examine a bankers cheque;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

Sample copy. Pg 107  

8

1

Terms of payment.

-Cash

 

 

 

 

Give reasons for appropriateness of cash payment.

Identify circumstances for C.O.D. and C.W.O. terms.

 

 

 

Brief discussion with probing questions.

   

 

Pg 108

 

2-3

-open credit.

Give reasons for appropriateness of open credit.

Identify examples of open credit terms.

Outline advantages / disadvantages of credit terms.

 

 

Brain storming;

Exposition of new terms.

Discussion.

  Pg 108-110  

9

1-2

-hire purchase.

State differences between open credit and hire purchase.

Cite advantages / disadvantages of hire purchase to the buyer and to the seller.

 

Brain storming;

Oral questioning;

Discussion.

  Pg 111  

3

-discount terms.

Differentiate between trade and cash discounts. Oral questioning;

Exposition of new ideas;

Discussion.

 

 

  Pg 113  

10

1

-installment buying

&

standing order.

Define installment buying.

State implication of a standing order.

 

Oral questioning; Exposition;

Discussion.

  Pg 112,

114

 

2-3

TOPIC REVIEW

Answer questions correctly.

 

 

Review written exercises. Past exam papers. Pg 114  

11

TOPIC REVIEW

Answer questions correctly.

 

Review written exercises. Past exam papers. Pg 114  

12

13

END  OF  YEAR  EXAMINATIONS  

 

Scheme of work for grade 3 mathematics (All Subjects and Terms 1-3)

Download free Grade 3 CBC scheme of work pdf for Term 1-3. Get these and many more free teaching materials at the Teachers’ Resources Portal.

GRADE 3 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK.

GRADE 3 TERM 2 CRE SCHEMES

GRADE 3 TERM 2 ENGLISH SCHEMES

GRADE 3 TERM 2 ENVIRONMENTAL SCHEMES (1)

GRADE 3 TERM 2 HYGIENE AND NUTRITION SCHEMES

GRADE 3 TERM 2 KISWAHILI SCHEMES

GRADE 3 TERM 2 MOVEMENT SCHEMES

GRADE 3 TERM 2 MUSIC SCHEMES

HOT DOWNLOADS!!!

Grade 3 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Free Primary School schemes of work for all schools (CBC and 8-4-4)

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY PP1 JOINT EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES PDF

Name: _______________________________________ school………………………………..

Class:__________   Adm:________/index no………………………………

321/1

GEOGRAPHY                Paper1                                                                  Time: 2Hrs. 45mins  

                     GEOGRAPHY       PAPER 1         

                        FORM FOUR SERIES

Instructions to candidates

  • Write your name and index number in the spaces provided above.
  • Sign and write the date of examination in the spaces provided above.
  • This paper has two sections: A and B.
  • Answer all the questions in section A.
  • Answer question 6 and any other TWO questions from section B.
  • This paper consists of 5 printed pages.
  • Candidates should check the question paper to ascertain that all the pages are printed as indicated and that no questions are missing.
  • Candidates should answer the questions in English

 

                                                 For Examiner’s Use Only

 

 

Section Question  Maximum Score Candidate’s Score
A 1 – 5 25  
B 6 25  
  25  
  25  
Total score  

 

                                                                    SECTION A

Answer all questions on this section

  1. (a) Give two differences between longitudes and latitudes .                          (2 marks)

(b) The time in Tokyo-Japan 140ºE is noon of Monday.  What is the time and

which day is Kingston in Jamaica 77ºW.                                                                   (3 marks)

  1. (a ) Give three ways in which rocks can be classified. (3 marks)

(b)  State Three changes that occur in sedimentary rocks when they are subjected to intense heat and  pressure.                                                                                           (3 marks)

  1. (a) Mention two ways thorough which wind transports its load .                   (2 marks)

(b) Identify the three types of desert dunes                                                                    (3 marks) 4.   (a) What is the difference between elluviation and illuviation.                                 ( 2 marks)

(b) State three ways in which humus improves the quality of soil.                  (3 marks)

 

  1. (a)Define Sea wave . (2 marks)

(b) State two ways through which gradient of the shore influences wave deposition

(2 marks)

 

 

SECTION B

                   Answer question 6 and any other two questions from this section

  1. Study the map of Kijabe 1:50,000 provided and answer questions that follow.
  • Identify two scales that have been used in the  map .                                (2 marks)
  • (i)What is the length of all weather road bound surface A 104 . (2 marks)

(ii)Calculate the area covered by plantation to the west of Easting 40 and north of Northing 00.                                                                                                        (2 marks)

(c )Describe relief of the area covered by the map .                                            (4 marks)

(d)Enlarge the area bound by grid references 300000,340000,300970 and 340970 by doubling the length and the width.                                                                           (2 marks)

(i)On the new frame mark and label

  • Murram pit (1 mark)
  • Plantation                                                                             (1 mark)
  • Dry weather road (1 mark)

(ii)State the new representative fraction scale.                                                          (2 marks)

(e) Citing evidence from the map, state four factors that have influenced establishment of plantations in the area covered by the map.                                          (8 marks)

 

  1. The diagram below represents sun’s rays reaching different parts of the earth. Use it to answer the questions that follow.
Sunray
Sunray
A
B
90N
0
60N
0
30N
0
0 Equator
0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • State two the reasons why region A experiences low temperatures than region B.                                                                                                                   (4 marks)

 

  • (i) State four characteristics of modified equatorial climate of the Lake Victoria basin?                                                                                                                 (4 marks)

 

(ii) Outline three consequences of climate change.                                     (3  marks)

(c )(i)Define vegetation                                                                                          (2 marks)

 

(ii) Explain how the following influencing the distribution of vegetation in Kenya.

 

  • Precipitation                                                                                                   (2 marks)
  • Drainage                                           (2 marks)
  •                                                                                                             (2 marks)

 

(d) Students from your school carried out a field study on vegetation found in Mt. Kenya.

(i) Give any three preparations students were engaged in before the actual study.                                                                                                                                            (3 marks)

(ii)   State three problems the students encountered during the study.       (3 marks)

 

 

 

8.(a)(i) What are tectonic plates .                                                                                 (2 marks)

 

Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow

(ii) Describe the formation of plate boundaries shown in the diagram above .  (6 marks)

(iii)Explain three hazards posed by earthquake .                                                    (6 marks)

(b)Give three orogenies that are known in geological history.                                        (3 marks)

 

(c ) Explain four negative effects of fold  mountains to human activities           ( 8 marks)

 

 

 

 

  1. (a)(i) What is lake .     (2 marks)

(ii)  State three factors that determine the permanency of a lake.              (3 marks)

(iii) Name three lakes in Kenya which are areas of  inland drainage .          (3marks)

(b ) Explain how the following processes may can lead to formation of a lake .

  • River deposition                     (5 marks)

(ii) Mass wasting .                                                                                                    (3 marks)

 

(c )  State  any three economic significances of lakes to human activities.           (3 marks)

(d ) Explain three human activities that cause drying up of lakes in the Rift Valley in Kenya.                                                                                                                          (6 marks)

 

  1. (a)(i)What is glacier.                       (2 marks)

(ii) Outline  three ways in which a glacier is formed.                                   (3 marks)

(b)Explain two ways through which glacial erosion takes place                     (4 marks)

(c )Describe the formation of the following features

  • crag and tail.                              (4 marks)
  • Terminal moraine                            (4 marks)

(d)Explain four positive effects of glaciations to human activities in the low lands.

(8 marks)

LAST PRINTED PAGE





GEOGRAPHY 312/1      MARKING SCHEME     FORM 4 

                                                                    SECTION A

  1. (a) Give two differences between longitudes and latitudes .                          (2 marks)

 

  • Latitudes run from west to east while longitudes run from north to south.
  • Latitudes show how far a place is from the equator while longitudes show how far a place is from prime meridian.
  • Latitudes are parallel to one another while longitudes meet at the poles .
  • Distance between latitudes is even around the globe while that between longitudes is longest at the equator and decreases pole wards.
  • Among the latitudes ,the equator is the only Great circle while each longitude and it’s opposite e number form a great circle.

(b) The time in Tokyo-Japan 140ºE is noon of Monday.  What is the time and

which day is Kingston in Jamaica 77ºW.                                                                   (3 marks)

  • Degree =77 +140 0               =217 0      
  • Change to minutes 10        =4min
    • 217 0 =4 x217=868 min   =14 hrs 28 min
  • 00 noon -14hrs 28min =  9.32 p.m Sunday
  1. (a ) Give three ways in which rocks can be classified. (3 marks)
  • According to their origin
  • According to their age
  • According to their chemical composition /physical properties

(b)  State Three changes that occur in sedimentary rocks when they are subjected to intense heat and  pressure.                                                                                           (3 marks)

  • The rocks get metamorphosized
  • Rock particles get compacted
  • Some minerals recrystallise further
  • New minerals are formed
  • The physical appearance of the rock changes.
  1. (a) Mention two ways thorough which wind transports its load .                   (2 marks)
  • Suspension
  • Saltation
  • Surface creep/rolling /traction

(b) Identify the three types of desert dunes                                                       (3 marks)

  • Barchan
  • Transverse dunes
  • Seif dunes/longitudinal dunes/linear dunes
  • Parabolic dunes
  • Star dunes
  • Drass
  • Wake dunes
  1. (a) What is the difference between elluviation and illuviation.                    ( 2 marks)
  • Elliviation is the mechanical wash down of tiny fine mineral particles eg clay in suspension by percoalating water from horizon A to lower layers while Illuviation Refers to receiving/deposition /accumulation of dissolved minerals in horizon B and C, where they are precipitated.             

(b) State three ways in which humus improves the quality of soil.                  (3 marks)

 

  • Helps improve soil porosity by operating the soils.
  • Improves moisture-retention capacity of the soils.
  • Humus provides essential minerals to the soil.
  • Humus Improves the soil texture.
  • Humus improves soil structure
  1. (a)Define Sea wave .                                                                                               (2 marks)
  • Is an oscillation of water particles caused by friction of the wind on the surface of water

(b) State two ways through which   gradient of the shore influences wave deposition .                                                                                                                      (2 marks)

  • Existence of gentle sloping shore encourages more wave deposition
  • Steep gradient of the shore discourages wave deposition

 

SECTION B

                   Answer question 6 and any other two questions from this section

  1. Study the map of Kijabe 1:50,000 provided and answer questions that follow.
  • Identify two scales that have been used in the  map .                                (2 marks)
  • Linear scale
  • Ratio scale

 

  • (i)What is the length of all weather road bound surface A 104 . (2 marks)

14.2km + /- 0.1(14.1  to 14.3km)

 

(ii)Calculate the area covered by plantation to the west of Easting 40 and north of Northing 00.                                                                                                        (2 marks)

Complete square  =0

Incomplete square   =15 x1/2   =7.5 km 2  (+/- 0.5)  7 .0 to 8.0 km2

(c )Describe relief of the area covered by the map .                                            (4 marks)

  • The area covered by the map has conical hills eg Kijabe hill
  • The area covered by the map has escarpment .
  • The area covered by the map has valleys eg Ewaso Kedong Valley
  • The area covered by the map has many river valleys .
  • The highest point in the area covered by the map is 2680m /the lowest is 1720m
  • The land is flat around the plantations in the northern part of the area covered by the map
  • The Eastern part of the area covered by the map is gently sloppy this is evidenced by wide spread contours
  • The area has steep slopes on the north eastern part

(d)Enlarge the area bound by grid references 300000,340000,300970 and 340970 by doubling the length and the width.                                                                           (2 marks)

(i)On the new frame mark and label

  • Murram pit                                                                                                       (1 mark)
  • Plantation (1 mark)
  • Dry weather road (1 mark)

 

 

 

 

A SKETCH MAP OF THE AREA BOUND BY GRID 300000,340000,300970 AND 340970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)State the new representative fraction scale.                                                          (2 marks)

1/50,000 x2    =1/25,000

(e) Citing evidence from the map, state four factors that have influenced establishment of plantations in the area covered by the map.                                          (8 marks)

  • Gentle relief –widely spaced contours
  • High rainfall- evidenced by numerous permanent rivers forest
  • Sparsed settlement evidenced by few settlement -available land for expansion
  • Available labour- evidenced by dense settlements to the south and east
  • Well developed transport network-evidenced by numerous all weather loose surface/railway line for movement of timber.

 

  1. The diagram below represents sun’s rays reaching different parts of the earth. Use it to answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • State two the reasons why region A experiences low temperatures than region B.                                                                                                                   (4 marks)

 

  • Region A receives low temperature because the distance covered by the sun rays is longer hence more interference by clouds lowering temperature while the distance covered by the sun rays to reach B is shorter.
  • Region A the sun rays strike the earth surface at a cute angle spreading over a wide area hence low concentration while at B the sunrays strike at right angle hence high concentration.

 

  • (i) State four characteristics of modified equatorial climate of the Lake Victoria basin? (4 marks)

 

  • Climatic type is modified tropical climate of the highlands.
  • Temperature ranges between 170C to 240C
  • Annual rainfall totals are between 1000mm – 1500mm
  • Humidity is moderate
  • Annual range of temperature is 30C to 50C
  • Coolest months are between June and August the rest are warm
  • Orographic / relief rainfall is experienced
  • Has double maxima rainfall regime.
  • Rainfall occurs throughout the year (long rains between March and May, short rains between September and December )
  • Rainfall is mainly caused by south east trade winds.         

(ii) Outline three consequences of climate change.                                     (3  marks)

  • Increase in rainfall.
  • Effects on agriculture.
  • Disruption of natural ecosystem.
  • City environment become hotter.
  • Affect water use and long term planning.
  • Abnormal fast growth of plants.
  • Flooding from rising sea level due to melting of ice.
  • Shift of climatic and vegetation zones.
    • Increases in ultra-violet radiation

(c )(i)Define vegetation                                                                                          (2 marks)

  • Refers to total plant life / cover that occupies a given area /community plants growing in an area

 

(ii) Explain how the following influencing the distribution of vegetation in Kenya.

 

  • Precipitation                                                                                                   (2 marks)
  • Areas with low and unreliable rainfall have scrubs or grass/ has stunted vegetation while Areas with high rainfall support dense forests
  • Areas with high rainfall have many variety of tree species while Areas with low rainfall have few tree species

 

  • Drainage                                                                                                            (2 marks)
  • water logged areas support swampy vegetation.
  • Vegetation is luxuriant along water courses and coastal flats because supply of water is reliable
  • There is a large variety of plants on well drained soils while water logged soils have swamp plants such as reeds and papyrus.
  • Different drainage systems give rise to different vegetation types Mangrove swamps grow under conditions of salty water logging, swamp forests in fresh water flooding and grasslands in areas with good drainage.

 

  •        (2 marks)
  • Bacteria in the soil helps improve soil fertility resulting into more vegetation growth.
  • Bacteria cause plant diseases of plants resulting in death of some .

 

(d) Students from your school carried out a field study on vegetation found in Mt. Kenya.

(i) Give any three preparations students were engaged in before the actual study.                                                                                                                                                      (3 marks)

  • State the objectives/hypothesis.
  • Literature review/read from relevant written records / Read from secondary data
  • Divide themselves into groups.
  • Carry out reconnaissance/pre-visit.
  • Drawing a route map.
  • Planning working schedule of activities
  • Prepare the necessary stationery/tools
  • Seek permission from the school/authorities
  • Identify the methods of data collection
  • Acquiring the suitable equipment/apparatus essential for the study

(ii)   State three problems the students encountered during the study.       (3 marks)

 

  • Difficultés in walking through the thick vegetation
  • Possibility of encounter with wild animals , insects bites or snakes
  • Weather changes e.g sudden rain which may slow down or hamper progress
  • Difficult in climbing steep slopes

 

8.(a)(i) What are tectonic plates .                                                                               (2 marks)

  • Are series of semi rigid blocks of the crust floating on the upper mantle

 

Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow

(ii) Describe the formation of plate boundaries shown in the diagram above .  (6 marks)

  • (This is a convergent boundary )
  • Hot molten rocks of the upper mantle generates convectional currents
  • The convectional currents move in a circular motion from the mantle outwards towards the crustal rocks
  • These currents exert frictional drag on the crust causing the crust to move horizontally towards each other  forming a convergent boundary

(iii)Explain three hazards posed by earthquake .                                                    (6 marks)

  • Strong vibrations from the earthquake may cause damage to plants which pollute the environment and affect human health.
  • Violent motions resulting from earthquakes damage structures due to vibrations affecting their foundations leading to loss of life and property.
  • During an earthquake occurring on the sea floor, vertical displacement occur leading to development of tsunami leading to flooding of coastal areas / loss of life / disruption of human activities.
  • Earthquakes may lead to landslides which destroy agricultural land/loss of life / damage to infrastructure

(b)Give three orogenies that are known in geological history.                                        (3 marks)

  • Charnian orogeny
  • Caledonian orogeny
  • Hercynian orogeny
  • Alpine orogeny

 

(c ) Explain four negative effects of fold  mountains to human activities           ( 8 marks)

 

  • Leeward side of Fold Mountains receive little rainfall which discourage agriculture /settlement
  • Some fold mountains experience cold descending winds which damage crops.
  • South facing slope in the southern hemisphere / north facing slopes in the northern hemisphere are cooler and thus discourage settlement and agriculture.
  • Process of folding may burry minerals deeper into the ground making then in accessible.
  • Fold Mountains are a barrier to transport and communication.
  • Some fold mountains have rugged and steep topography which discourage settlements.

 

 

 

  1. (a)(i) What is lake . (2 marks)
  • A lake is a large mass of water occupying a depression or basin

(ii)  State three factors that determine the permanency of a lake.              (3 marks)

  • Depth and size of the depression
  • Rate of evaporation
  • Nature of underlying rocks
  • Permanent source of water
  • Vegetation cover of the area around the lake.
  • The Climatic type

(iii) Name three lakes in Kenya which are areas of  inland drainage .          (3marks)

  • magadi
  • Bogoria
  • Nakuru
  • LElementaita
  • Naivasha

(b ) Explain how the following processes may can lead to formation of a lake .

River deposition                                                                                                 (5 marks)

  • A river starts to meander on a flood plain.
  • Lateral erosion occurs on the outer side of the bend while deposition takes place on the inner bank.
  • Lateral erosion results in the reduction of the neck of land between adjacent bends
  • The neck of land is eventually worn away.
  • Deposition on the meander side especially during floods blocks off the meander.
  • The river abandons the meander and follows the news shortcut that was the neck of the land.
  • The abandoned meander with its water forms an ox-bow lake

(ii) Mass wasting .                                                                                                    (3 marks)

  • Land slide occurs across a river valley
  • Debris blocks the river channel
  • Water accumulates behind the barrier to form a lake

(c )  State  any three economic significances of lakes to human activities.           (3 marks)

  • Some lakes form major inland fishing grounds.
  • Some lakes are used for recreational purposes
  • Lakes provide water for domestic and industrial use
  • Fresh water lakes provide water for irrigation farming e.g. lake Naivasha supports the horticultural farming in the area
  • Some lakes are sources of valuable minerals which are exploited to generate income e,g Trona mining gins Lake Magadi
  • Human made lakes are harnessed to generate hydro-electric power
  • Lakes provide natural water ways thus facilitating water transport e.g lake Victoria
  • Sand harvested from the shores of the lakes is used in construction industry.
  • Lakes attract tourists and encourage water sports hence source of foreign revenue e.g hot springs of lake Bogoria
  • Modify the climate conditions of their immediate surrounding through land and sea breezes, increased rainfall etc.

(d ) Explain three human activities that cause drying up of lakes in the Rift Valley in Kenya.                                                                                                                          (6 marks)

  • Destruction of vegetation in the water catchment hence interfering with water towers
  • Damming of feeder rivers for irrigation ÖÖ and H.E.p
  • Deforestation and poor agricultural practices cause soil erosion.  This leads to siltation which reduces the depth of the lake

 

  1. (a)(i)What is glacier. (2 marks)
  • Is a mass of ice of limited width which moves outwards from a central area of ice accumulation√√/is a mass of moving ice

(ii) Outline three ways in which a glacier is formed.                                    (3 marks)

  • Temperature fall below dew point
  • Crystals of frozen water /snow begin to fall and accumulates in  valleys and surfaces .
  • As more ice accumulates, the underlying layers turn to solid ice due to increased weight of the upper layers.
  • With time the ice becomes thick making it to move forming glacier

 

(b)Explain two ways through which glacial erosion takes place                     (4 marks)

Plucking/sapping/quarrying/gouging√

  • Ice at the base and sides of the glacier freezes onto the rocks. As the ice moves forward, pieces of rocks over which the ice has frozen are pulled along and dislodged from the rest of the rock mass./ Freezing and thawing process of water in rock faults repeatedly puts the rock under stress and as the ice moves forward some parts of the rock break off. √

 

 Abrasion

  • This is caused by rock debris that is embedded in a glacier.
  • These debris scratch, scrape and polish the rock surfaces over which the glacier moves.

Way                   1 mark x2

Explanation     1 mark x2

(c )Describe the formation of the following features

crag and tail.                                                                                                      (4 marks)

  • A hard/resistant rock occurs on the path of moving ice.
  • A moving glacier passes over and around the resistant rock
  • The ice plucks off /erodes weak rock fragments from the upper side of the rock
  • The resistant rock protects the weak rocks on the lower / downstream side from erosion.
  • Some eroded materials are also deposited on the lower/downstream side are smoothened.
  • A feature with a resistant rock protecting soft rocks on the leeward side is formed.
  • The resistant rock is the crag while the soft rock is the tail.

Terminal moraine                                                                                               (4 marks)

  • Moving ice carries solid materials
  • Moving ice stagnates and ice at the snout melts
  • Melting ice release its load
  • Gradually the load piles into a ridge
  • Over time the ridge forms a block solid material called terminal moraine

(d)Explain four positive effects of glaciations to human activities in the low lands.

(8 marks)

  • Out wash plains, boulder plains comprises of sand and gravel which are used as materials for building and construction are sometimes fertile hence promoting crop farming.
  • Some glacial lakes are natural waterways promoting transportation.
  • Erratic, kames, drumlins form beautiful scenery promoting tourism.
  • Glacial till provide fertile soils for arable farming
  • Ice sheets in there scouring effects reduce lands surface and depth to expose mineral seams which become easy to mine.

CBC Grade 6 Social Studies Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

CBC Grade 6 Social Studies Schemes of Work Free Editable Word, PDF Downloads

GRADE 6 SPORTLIGHT SOCIAL STUDIES

 SCHEME OF WORK TERM 3

SCHOOL GRADE LEARNING AREA TERM YEAR
  GRADE 6 SOCIAL STUDIES 3  

 

Week Lesson Strand Sub-strand Specific-Learning outcomes Learning Experience Key Inquiry Question(S) Learning

Resources

Assessment Methods Reflection
1 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Traditional forms of Government among the Buganda and Nyamwezi By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the administrative units that make up the Buganda Kingdom.

b)     Explain the roles of Kabaka.

c)      Describe how the Buganda Kingdom was ruled in the past.

d)     Sing a song about the Buganda governance structure.

e)      Have fun and enjoy singing a song about the Buganda kingdom.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the administrative units that make up the Buganda Kingdom.

 

-Explain the roles of Kabaka.

 

-Describe how the Buganda Kingdom was ruled in the past.

 

-Sing a song about the Buganda governance structure

How was the community ruled in the past?

 

How was Buganda Kingdom ruled in the past?

Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 139-141

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Comparison between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the similarities between the Buganda and Nyamwezi Kingdom.

b)     Identify the values of good governance among the Nyamwezi.

c)      Recite the poem on learner’s book.

d)     Enjoy reciting the poem.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the similarities between the Buganda and Nyamwezi Kingdom.

 

-Identify the values of good governance among the Nyamwezi.

 

-Recite the poem on learner’s book.

 

 

What are the similarities between the Buganda and Nyamwezi Kingdom? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 142-144

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government.

b)     Illustrate the governance structure among the Buganda and Nyamwezi on a chart.

c)      Display the chart at the Social Studies corner.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government.

 

-Illustrate the governance structure among the Buganda and Nyamwezi on a chart.

 

What are the differences between the Buganda and Nyamwezi traditional forms of government? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 144-145

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
2 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Aspects of good governance in traditional societies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the aspects of good governance in traditional societies.

b)     Role ply the conversation on learner’s book.

c)      Have fun and enjoy role playing the conversation.

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the aspects of good governance in traditional societies.

 

-Role ply the conversation on learner’s book.

 

What aspects of good governance have you learnt?

 

Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 145-147

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Regional Co-operations in Eastern Africa; Objectives of the East African Community. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Read the newspaper article on learner’s book.

b)     List the objectives of the East African Community.

c)      Model member states of the Eastern African Community as shown on learner’s book.

d)     Have fun and enjoy modelling member states of the East African Community.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Read the newspaper article on learner’s book.

List the objectives of the East African Community.

 

-Model member states of the Eastern African Community as shown on learner’s book

 

What are the objectives of the East African Community? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 147-149

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Benefits of the East African Community to Member States By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the benefits of the East African Community to Member States.

b)     Read the story on learner’s book and answer the questions that follow.

c)      Create a poster on benefits of the East African Community.

d)     Appreciate the benefits of the East African Community to Member States.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the benefits of the East African Community to Member States.

 

-Read the story on learner’s book and answer the questions that follow.

 

-Create a poster on benefits of the East African Community.

 

 

What are the benefits of the East African Community to Member States? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 150-151

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
3 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Challenges facing East African Community By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the challenges facing East African Community.

b)     Find out from appropriate sources the challenges facing the East African Community.

c)      Sing a song about the challenges facing East African Community.

d)     Have fun and enjoy singing a song.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the challenges facing East African Community.

 

-Find out from appropriate sources the challenges facing the East African Community.

 

-Sing a song about the challenges facing East

What are the challenges facing East African Community? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 152-152

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Solutions to challenges facing the East African Community By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss possible solutions to the challenges facing the East African Community.

b)     Complete the table on learner’s book by matching the solutions to the challenges.

c)      Sing the East African Anthem.

d)     Appreciate the solutions to challenges facing the East African Community

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss possible solutions to the challenges facing the East African Community.

 

-Complete the table on learner’s book by matching the solutions to the challenges.

 

-Sing the East African Anthem.

 

 

What are the solutions to challenges facing the East African Community? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 153-155

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Citizenship; Rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Study the pictures on learner’s book.

b)     Discuss the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan Citizen.

c)      Make flashcards about the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen.

d)     Appreciate the importance of the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Study the pictures on learner’s book.

 

-Discuss the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan Citizen.

 

-Make flashcards about the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen.

 

What are the rights and responsibilities of a Kenyan citizen? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 155-157

 

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
4 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Values of a good citizen By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the values of a good citizen.

b)     Explain how to promote values of a good citizen.

c)      Create posters about the values of a good citizen.

d)     Appreciate the values of a good citizen.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the values of a good citizen.

 

-Explain how to promote values of a good citizen.

 

-Create posters about the values of a good citizen

How can we demonstrate good citizenship? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 158-160

 

Atlas

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Human Rights; Classification of human rights By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Define human rights.

b)     Identify human rights enjoyed by the people.

c)      Classify the rights they have identified as social, economic or political rights.

d)     Have fun and enjoy making a human rights wheel

 

Learners are guided to:

-Define human rights.

 

-Identify human rights enjoyed by the people.

 

-Classify the rights they have identified as social, economic or political rights.

 

 

What is the meaning of human rights? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 161-163

 

Pictures

Video clips

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Ways in which human rights are violated in society. By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify ways in which human rights are violated in society.

b)     Make a chart on ways in which human rights are violated in the society.

c)      Have fun and enjoy making a chart.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify ways in which human rights are violated in society.

 

-Make a chart on ways in which human rights are violated in the society

How are human rights are violated in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 163-165

 

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
5 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peace and Conflict Resolution; Causes of conflict in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Define conflict.

b)     Identify the causes of conflicts in society.

c)      Read the following case study on learner’s book on causes of conflicts in society.

d)     Appreciate the importance of peace.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Define conflict.

 

-Identify the causes of conflicts in society.

 

-Read the following case study on learner’s book on causes of conflicts in society.

 

What are the causes of conflict in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 165-167

 

Pictures

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peace and Conflict Resolution; Causes of conflict in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Search the internet or any other appropriate sources for a story on a conflict that happened in the society.

b)     Match the causes of conflict in column A to its description in column B

c)      Appreciate the importance of maintaining peace in the society.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Search the internet or any other appropriate sources for a story on a conflict that happened in the society.

 

-Match the causes of conflict in column A to its description in column B

 

How do we resolve conflicts peacefully? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 167-168

 

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

b)     Role play how to resolve the situations.

c)      Have fun and enjoy role playing how to resolve different situations

Learners are guided to:

-Identify peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society

 

-In pairs, to discuss peaceful ways of resolving conflicts stated on the cards.

 

-Role play how to resolve the situations

How do we live peacefully with each other in school and society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 168-170

 

Pictures

Video clips

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
6 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the causes of conflicts in the society.

b)     Match statements with their meaning on the peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

c)      Appreciate peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the causes of conflicts in the society.

 

-Match statements with their meaning on the peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society.

 

What are the peaceful methods of resolving conflicts in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 170-171

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Identify the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society.

b)     Design posters on ways of promoting peace in Eastern Africa.

c)      Recite the poem on learner’s book.

d)     Appreciate the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in the society.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Identify the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society.

 

-Design posters on ways of promoting peace in Eastern Africa.

 

-Recite the poem on learner’s book.

 

What are the benefits of resolving conflicts peacefully in society? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 172-174

 

Photographs

Pictures

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Governance in Kenya; Sources of Government Revenue and Expenditure By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Explain the meaning of revenue.

b)     Give reasons why we should pay taxes to the government.

c)      Match the sources in column A with the examples in column B

d)     Appreciate the importance of paying revenue.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Explain the meaning of revenue.

 

-Give reasons why we should pay taxes to the government.

 

-Match the sources in column A with the examples in column B

 

What is the meaning of revenue?

 

Why should we pay taxes to the government?

Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 174-175

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
7 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Study the pictures on learner’s book.

b)     Discuss ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

c)      Draw the pictures on learner’s book.

d)     Appreciate the ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue

 

Learners are guided to:

-Study the pictures on learner’s book.

 

-Discuss ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

 

-Draw the pictures on learner’s book.

 

 

 

What are the ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 176-177

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Find out from the internet, textbooks or any appropriate materials other ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

b)     Make a poster of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya.

c)      Appreciate the importance of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya

 

Learners are guided to:

-Find out from the internet, textbooks or any appropriate materials other ways in which the National and County Governments in Kenya spend their revenue.

 

-Make a poster of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya.

 

 

What is the importance of paying taxes to the Government of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 177-179

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

The Preamble of the Constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Define constitution.

b)     Listen to an audio or watch a video played by the teacher.

c)      Identify key words in the preamble of the constitution of Keya in the audio or video.

d)     Appreciate the Constitution of Kenya.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Define constitution.

 

-Listen to an audio or watch a video played by the teacher.

 

-Identify key words in the preamble of the constitution of Keya in the audio or video.

 

What is the meaning of constitution? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 179

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
8 1 Political Systems and Governance

 

Interpretation of key words in the preamble of the constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Read the conversation on learner’s book.

b)     Write the key words in the Preamble of the Constitution from the conversation.

c)      Act out the conversation on learner’s book.

d)     Have fun and enjoy role playing the conversation.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Read the conversation on learner’s book.

 

-Write the key words in the Preamble of the Constitution from the conversation.

 

-Act out the conversation on learner’s book.

 

 

What have you learnt about the Constitution of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 180-181

 

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  2 Political Systems and Governance

 

Interpretation of key words in the preamble of the constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Pick a card with a key word in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

b)     Circle the key words in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya in the puzzle on learner’s book.

c)      Have fun and enjoy playing the puzzle.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Pick a card with a key word in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

 

-Circle the key words in the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya in the puzzle on learner’s book.

 

 

What have you learnt about the Constitution of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 182

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
  3 Political Systems and Governance

 

Interpretation of key words in the preamble of the constitution of Kenya By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a)      Discuss the activities people engage in to appreciate the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

b)     Design a card on a manila paper with various declaration messages.

c)      Sing the song on learner’s book.

d)     Have fun and enjoy designing cards.

 

Learners are guided to:

-Discuss the activities people engage in to appreciate the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya.

 

-Design a card on a manila paper with various declaration messages.

 

-Sing the song on learner’s book

 

 

Which activities do people engage in to appreciate the preamble of the Constitution of Kenya? Spotlight; Social Studies Learner’s Book Grade 6 pg. 183-184

 

Atlas

Photographs

Pictures

Video clips

Maps

Charts

Realia

Computing devices

 

Oral questions Oral Report Observation

 

 
9 ASSESSMENT

 

 

Grade 4 Notes, Schemes of Work & Exams {Ultimate Downloads}

Get Grade 4 Notes, Schemes of Work & Exams {Ultimate Downloads}:

FREE GRADE 4 RESOURCES

1: Grade 4 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3
2: Grade 4, 5 & 6 Holiday Assignments {All Subjects)
3: Grade 4 Rationalized Notes Free
4: Grade 4 Latest Rationalized Notes
5: Grade 4 Rationalized Schemes of Work
6: Grade 4 Rationalized Notes Free
7: Grade 4 Lesson Plans Free
8: Free CBC Lesson Plans Grade 4
9: Grade 4 Free CBC Rationalized Term 2 Schemes of Work
10: Grade 4 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3
11: Grade 4 CBC Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes Free

Grade Four CBC Notes

Free Grade 4 Notes, schemes of Work and Exams

SOCIAL STUDIES CBC NOTES FOR GRADE 4

CRE Grade 4 Lesson Plans Free

Free CBC Grade 4, 5 & 6 Notes, Exams Downloads

Grade Four CBC Schemes of Work

Grade 4 Free CBC Schemes Of Work Free (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Latest Grade 4 Schemes of Work Free Downloads

CBC UPDATED GRADE 4 TERM 3 SCHEMES

Grade 4 schemes of work Term 1, 2 and 3

Free CBC schemes of work grade 4 term 2

CBC Free Lesson Plans For Grade 4 CRE

Grade 4 Free CBC Schemes of Work (Updated)

Grade 4 CBC schemes of work Term 1-3

Grade 4 Term 2 Schemes Of Work For 11 Weeks

Grade 4 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Upper Primary (Grade 4-6) New CBC Learning Areas/ Subjects

Grade 4 CBC free Schemes of works, Exams & Notes (Updated)

CBC Upper Primary Subjects (Grade 4, 5, 6)

Grade Four CBC Assessments & Exams

Grade 4 Free CBC Exams Download {Latest}

GRADE 4, 5 KNEC ASSESSMENT SCORE SHEETS– ALL SUBJECTS PDF

KNEC PRACTICAL ASSESSMENTS FOR GRADE 4, 5 AND 6

GRADE 4 REPORT CARD FOR CBC ASSESSMENT

Grade 4 CBC Assessment Exams Plus Marking Schemes Free

CBC Grade 4 Free Exams Downloads- Term 1 to 3

Grade 4, 5 and 6 Free CBC Topical Revision Questions and Answers

A list of all the approved grade 4 CBC course materials, textbooks: KICD News

Emsos Technical And Vocational College Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Emsos Technical And Vocational College Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

MINISTRY OF EDUCATION

State Department of Vocational and Technical Training

EMSOS TECHNICAL & VOCATIONAL COLLEGE

P.O BOX 300 – 30100 ELDORET. TEL: 0796 376 783.

EMAIL: info@etti.ac.ke WEBSITE: www.etti.ac.ke

DEPARTMENT/COURSE

CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE IN VALUE ADDITION AGRICULTURE

  Department of Applied Science and Value Additio n          CATEGORY/LEVEL          Duration       Exam Body Minimum Requirements               Intake Perio
Diploma in food science & Technology Diploma (Modular) 3 YRS KNEC C- (Minus) Jan/Sept
Food Processing Diploma 3 YRS KNEC C- (Minus) Jan/Sept
Food Processing Craft 2 YRS KNEC D- (Minus) Jan/Sept
General Agriculture Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (Minus) Sept/Jan
General Agriculture Artisan(TEP)/Modular 1 YR KNEC KCSE D (Minus) Jan/Sept
General Agriculture Craft (TEP)/Modular 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Sept
Entrepreneurial Agriculture Craft /Diploma 2/3 YRS KNEC KCSE D /C- May/Sept
Food & Beverage Mod I, II, III Diploma (Modular) 3 YRS KNEC C- (Minus) Jan/Sept
Food & Beverage Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC D (Plain) Jan/Sept
Food and Beverage Artisan 1 YR KNEC D- (Minus) Jan/Sept
Science Laboratory Technology Modular / TEP 1 YR KNEC KCSE D+ (Plus) Jan/Sept

 

Electrical & Electronics Engineering (Power) Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Electrical & Electronics Eng. (Controls and Instrumentation) Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Certificate in Electrical And Electronics Technology Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Jan
Electrical Installation Technology Artisan (TEP) 1 YR KNEC KCSE D (Minus);KCPE Jan/Sept

 

Building & Construction Technology Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Road Construction Technology Craft (TEP) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Sept
Building And Construction Technology Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Sept
Building Technology Artisan (TEP) 1 YR KNEC KCSE D- (Minus) Jan/Sept
Plumbing, Welding & Fabrication Artisan (TEP) 1 YR KNEC KCSE D- (Minus) Jan/Sept
Plumbing, Welding & Fabrication Craft (TEP) 2 YR KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May

 

Information Communication Technology Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C- (Minus) Sept/Jan
Information Studies Diploma (Modular) 21    YRS

2

KNEC KCSE C- (Minus) Sept/Jan
Information Communication Technology Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) Sept/Jan
Library & Information Science Studies(ICT) Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Certificate In Library & Information Science (ICT) Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Jan

 

Automotive Engineering Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C- (Minus) Sept/Jan
Certificate In Automotive Engineering Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) Jan/Sept
Motor Vehicle Mechanics Artisan (Modular) 1 YR KNEC KCSE D- (Minus);KCPE Jan/Sept
Mechanical Engineering (Plant) Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C- (minus) Sept/Jan
Certificate In Welding and Fabrication Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain May/Sept
Welding And Fabrication Artisan (TEP) 1 YR KNEC KCSE D-(minus);KCPE Jan/Sept

 

Social Work & Community Development Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Diploma in Accountancy Diploma (TEP) 21    YRS

2

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Human Resource Management Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Business Management Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Supply Chain Management Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Certificate in Human Resource Management Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Jan
Certificate In Business Management Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Jan
Certificate In Supply Chain Management Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Jan
Certificate In Social Work and Community Development Craft (Modular) 2 YRS KNEC KCSE D (Plain) May/Jan
Store Keeping Artisan (TEP) 1 YR KNEC KCSE D- (Minus) Jan/Sept
Cooperative Management Diploma (Modular) 2 2 YRS

1

KNEC KCSE C (minus) Sept/Jan
Short Courses
Computer Packages          

 

Apply to The Principal,

EMSOS Technical & Vocational College,

P.O. BOX 300-30100 Eldoret. Attach Copies of Certificates

N/B. All Modular Courses have an attachment after Module I & II

KCSE HOME SCIENCE JOINT EXAMS (QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS)

DISTRICTS  SAMPLED AND COMPILED

  1. NDHIWA
  2. SOTIK
  3. KAKAMEGA CENTRAL
  4. NYAMIRA
  5. HOMABAY
  6. RACHUONYO
  7. MIGORI
  8. UGENYA/UGUNJA
  9. KISUMU WEST
  10. MATUNGU
  11. BUTERE
  12. KAKAMEGA EAST
  13. NYATIKE
  14. KHWISERO
  15. TRANS NZOIA WEST
  16. TRANSMARA
  17. KAKAMEGA NORTH
  18. MUMIAS

HOME SCIENCE

PAPER ONE

*KSM*

  1. Explain the role of sweat glands in the soiling of the body                (2mks)
  2. Identify any four main causes of accidents in the house                 (2mks)
  3. State any two characteristics of clothes made of fabric that develop static electricity             (2mks)
  4. Explain how living a relatively sedentary lifestyle can lead to obesity                 (1mk)
  5. State two qualities that make the run and fell (machine fell) seam suitable for making night dress
  6. Explain two precautionary measures to be taken when cleaning a painted wall
  7. Give two reasons why low heeled shoes are recommended for a pregnant woman             (2mks)
  8. Give four uses of fat in flour mixture                 (2mks)
  9. State the two main roles of garnishing in food presentation                          (2mks)
  10. Identify linen using burning test                  (3mks)
  11. Give reasons for using the following processes during garment construction                         (2mks)

(a) Basting

(b) Trimming

  1. Identify any six factors that may affect normal foetal development             (3mks)
  2. Define the term food fortification                                                                                         (1mk)
  3. State any two dangers of misusing drugs             (1mk)
  4. State any two factors that affect the efficiency of a detergent             (2mks)
  5. Define the term ‘hue’ as used in colour             (1mk)
  6. State any function of riboflavin             (2mks)
  7. What are two disadvantages of credit buying             (2mks)
  8. Mention any two preparations to be made before carrying out a family wash             (1mk)
  9. Suggest two reasons for using smoking in garment construction             (2mks)
  10. Give two reasons for having a plan for spending the money available to a family (2mks)
  11. What are the two forms of “malnutrition”             (1mk)
  12. You have visited your aunt who is sick

(a) Wash and treat her loose coloured cotton bed sheets                                                      (10mks)

(b) Clean a pair of stainless steel cutlery she will use                                                          (5mks)

(c) Clean her tooth brush                                                                                                       (5mks)

  1. (a) State five factors that affect individual nutrient requirement             (5mks)

(b) State five factors to consider when packing meals                                                        (5mks)

(c) State six ways of ensuring that a sleeve is well set                                                        (6mks)

(d) Suggest for advantage of blending wool with nylon                                                       (4mks)

  1. (a) Giving four examples explain why some nutritional disorders are referred to as

lifestyle related                                                                                                                 (4mks)

(b) Discuss five precautionary measures to take when using frying as a method of cooking (5mks)

(c) Explain five ways in which consume can protect herself from being exploited                         (5mks)

(d) With the aid of diagram explain the procedure of working out wide tucks                    (5mks)

  1. (a) State five factors to consider when choosing fastenings                         (5mks)

(b) State five precautions to take when using kerosene as a fuel                                        (5mks)

(c) Discuss five points to consider when selecting lighting fixtures                                               (5mks)

(d) State five qualities of a well constructed piece of furniture                                           (5mks)

 

 

*MGN*

  1. Explain why dump dusting is better than dry dusting in a sick room
  2. Mention any two results of lack of vitamin C in the diet
  3. Give any two factors to consider when making a choice of accessories for an evening

Part

  1. State two disadvantages of concealed drainage system
  2. Mention two uses of (dhania) coriander leaves in cookery
  3. What is the reason for giving a teething baby a hard object to bite on
  4. State two qualities of a good soup
  5. Give two areas in a garment where top stitching is done
  6. Mention one way in which each of the following articles is given special treatment

(i) Tray cloth

(ii) Baby Napkin

  1. Mention two advantages of blending cotton and nylon fibres
  2. Give two methods of credit buying
  3. Outline three points to consider when choosing a work surface in the kitchen
  4. Give one reason for kneading yeast dough
  5. Write down any two reasons why it’s important to eat raw carrots
  6. State three qualities to look for in a pair of cutting out scissors
  7. Give two ways in which a mother can infect her new born baby with HIV/AIDS virus
  8. Outline two reasons for snipping curved seams
  9. Name three types of immunization given to children before their first birthday
  10. Give two reasons for disposing of waste properly
  11. (a) Explain the procedure of sweeping a cemented floor

(b) Give the procedure of cleaning an enamel plate

  1. (a) Describe any three types of meal service

(b) Supporting your answer with four reasons, give a most suitable fabric for an institutions

bed linen

(c) Give four ways in which scarcity of time would affect a consumer

(d) With two specific examples, give three uses of permanent stitches

  1. (a) Give the systematic order of placing bedding items when preparing a baby’s cot

(b) Explain three desirable qualities of ironing board

(c) Give three characteristics of a well- made dart

(d) Your house is experiencing frequent black outs. Explain how you would clean a hurricane

lamp in readiness

  1. (a) Breast milk is the best option for any new baby. In which ways would a lactating mother

improve supply of breast milk to her baby? (Give five points)

(b) State five points to consider when giving general care to all the clothes

(c) Explain five rules to observe when fixing fastenings

(d) Discuss five factors that influence consumer buying

 

*KKC*

  1. Outline three forms of food service (3 marks)
  2. State three reasons for interfacing collars             (3 marks)
  3. State two properties which make asbestos suitable for theatre curtains and protective clothing
  4. State two factors that influence choice of a method of controlling fullness             (2 marks)
  5. State three characteristics of a good French seam (3 marks)
  6. List down four methods of neatening an open seam (2 marks)
  7. Mention three positive effects of advertisements to a consumer (3 marks)
  8. State two important rules to observe when darning (2 marks)
  9. Give three factors determining the choice of color in a sitting room (3 marks)
  10. Explain three rules to observe during stain removal             (3 marks)
  11. Mention four points to observe when packing meals             (4 marks)
  12. State three principles of wise buying (3 marks)
  13. Identify three dangers of weaning the baby when it is too late (3 marks)
  14. Give two reasons why common salt is iodized (3 marks)
  15. State four disadvantages of using charcoal when cooking (2 marks)
  16. a) Launder cotton blood stained sheet (7 marks)
  17. b) Describe how to occasionally clean a gas lamp (4 marks)
  18. c) Give the procedure for cleaning two Aluminium cups (5 marks)
  19. d) Explain briefly how you can carry out spotting on a woolen skirt             (4 marks)

 

  1. a) Describe how run and fell seam is made on the side of a cotton skirt (8 marks)
  2. b) State four functions of tucks in garment construction (4 marks)
  3. c) With the aid of a diagram, describe the making of gathers before attaching to the waist band

 

  1. a) Explain points to consider when choosing flowers for flower arrangement (5 marks)
  2. b) Describe the procedure of cleaning a wooden polished table surface (7 marks)
  3. c) List four ways of enhancing personal appearance             (4 marks)
  4. d) Explain four ways of encouraging a child to play             (4 marks)

 

  1. a) State six points to consider when choosing and preparing weaning foods             (6 marks)
  2. b) Give three desired qualities of a deep frying pan (3 marks)
  3. c) State five reasons for preserving foods (5 marks)
  4. d) Explain six dietary needs of an elderly person (6 marks)

 

 

 

*MAT*

  1. List four fat soluble vitamins
  2. State two possible causes of anaemia
  3. Give two points to look for when buying spinach
  4. State two effects of strong heat on proteins
  5. State two disadvantages of suing left over foods
  6. State two forms in which laundry soap is found in the market
  7. Give the steps of removing chewing gum stain from a garment
  8. Mention the three areas (centres of work that make up the work triangle in a kitchen
  9. Suggest two measures to take immediately nose bleeding occurs
  10. List two improvised abrasives in the home
  11. Identify three tacks that are carried out only during special cleaning of a bedroom
  12. Mention two dangers of heavy smoking during pregnancy
  13. Give four methods of advertising
  14. State two reasons why cotton fabrics are popular for the table linen
  15. Give two reasons why silk is expensive
  16. State three qualities of a good tape measure
  17. Give three reasons for a needle freaking during machining
  18. Give two reasons why press studs are not suitable for use in children’s garments

 

  1. (a) You are arranging dinner for your two friends, describe how to carryout the listed chores.

(i) Thoroughly clean a stained melamine cup you will use

(ii) Starch a previously laundered cotton tray cloth using boiling water starch

(iii) Thorough cleaning the terrazzo kitchen floor

  1. (a) Mention four ways of improving maize meal porridge

(b) Explain three precautions to take when using an oven to bake cakes

(c) Explain six factors to look for when selecting a frying pan

(d) Explain four uses of carrot in cookery

  1. (a) Identify two fibers in each case wet the properties listed below;                        

(i) Stronger when wet

(ii) weaker when wet

(iii) elastic

(iv) luctious

(iv) Flakes with a yellow flame

(b) Describe the procedure of taking the following body measurements

(i) hips

(ii) Inside arm length

(iii) Couch

(c) Using diagram, describe the procedure of preparing a straight collar without interfacing

ready for attachment

  1. (a) Discuss four desirable qualities of a good clothes line

(b) Explain five ways of disposing of refuse in the home

(c) Explain five factors to consider when selecting an electric coon

(d) Giving a reason in each case, state three factors to consider when wearing a baby

  1. (a) Explain three preparations to make on a sewing machine in readiness to stitching

(b) Describe the procedure of making a single pointed dart

(c) Explain four points to consider when selecting clothes for a short plump figure

 

 

*MUM*

  1. Mention any three classes of stain removers used in laundry work
  2. State two uses of facings in garment construction
  3. State three uses of eggs in flour mixtures
  4. Give any two precautions measures to take when using dry cleaning fluid
  5. What is the cause of swelling of body tissues that is symptomatic of kwashiorkor
  6. Name any four common groups of people that are usually affected by anaemia
  7. List three functions of water in the bodies of human beings
  8. Define the term essential Amino acids correctly
  9. Why are there more than usual numbers of Tuberculosis victims in today’s

societies than in the past (i.e. after the 80’s than before)

  1. What is the work of a thermostat in an electric iron box
  2. What are the following parts of an enclosed drainage system ?
  3. a) Water closet:
  4. b) Man hole
  5. c) Septic tanks
  6. State three general causes of poor sanitation
  7. Give two advantages of frying as a method of cooking
  8. State any two common problems that may afflict a pregnancy before its full term
  9. Give two reasons why the double stitched seam is commonly used on children’s

garments

  1. Explain two methods or ways in which the body can gain immunity to help resist

disease attacks

  1. Give two advantages of using carpets in the home
  2. State two reasons why wooden surfaces in the home need finishing
  3. List four points to look for when buying cabbages
  4. State two measures to take in order to control the incidence of bed sores in bed

ridden invalids

  1. Your friend is celebrating her seventeenth birthday and you are to help in the preparations.

Describe how you would:

  1. a) Launder her loose coloured cotton dress that she is going to wear that afternoon
  2. b) Explain how you will thoroughly clean the cemented floor in the living room to be used
  3. a) A doctor diagnosed pellagra in a foreign student. Briefly describe two symptoms he might

have noticed that were affecting his patient

  1. b) Explain any two common faults often encountered in the making of yeast based mixture

products

  1. c) Explain one disadvantage of advertising
  2. d) With aid of a labeled illustration describe how to make an overlaid seam
  3. a) Explain three causes of dental caries
  4. b) Explain one main difference between inter facing and interlining
  5. c) With the aid of clearly labeled diagrams describe how to work and make a box pleat
  6. d) Explain four factors to consider before choosing a method for mending a tear in the

fabric of an item to be laundered

  1. a) Explain four points to consider when weaning a baby
  2. b) Explain two types of play to which growing children are normally exposed AND

mention one benefit and one demerit in each case

  1. c) State four reasons or ways in which a consumer needs protection from negative market

effects

  1. d) Draw a simple illustration and state the main function of each of the following

tacking stitches

  1. i) Tailors tacking:
  2. ii) Fishbone tacking:

iii) Basting:

*KKC*

  1. Outline three forms of food service (3 marks)
  2. State three reasons for interfacing collars (3 marks)
  3. State two properties which make asbestos suitable for theatre curtains and protective clothing
  4. State two factors that influence choice of a method of controlling fullness             (2 marks)
  5. State three characteristics of a good French seam (3 marks)
  6. List down four methods of neatening an open seam (2 marks)
  7. Mention three positive effects of advertisements to a consumer (3 marks)
  8. State two important rules to observe when darning (2 marks)
  9. Give three factors determining the choice of color in a sitting room (3 marks)
  10. Explain three rules to observe during stain removal             (3 marks)
  11. Mention four points to observe when packing meals             (4 marks)
  12. State three principles of wise buying             (3 marks)
  13. Identify three dangers of weaning the baby when it is too late (3 marks)
  14. Give two reasons why common salt is iodized (3 marks)
  15. State four disadvantages of using charcoal when cooking (2 marks)
  16. a) Launder cotton blood stained sheet (7 marks)
  17. b) Describe how to occasionally clean a gas lamp (4 marks)
  18. c) Give the procedure for cleaning two Aluminium cups (5 marks)
  19. d) Explain briefly how you can carry out spotting on a woolen skirt             (4 marks)
  20. a) Describe how run and fell seam is made on the side of a cotton skirt (8 marks)
  21. b) State four functions of tucks in garment construction (4 marks)
  22. c) With the aid of a diagram, describe the making of gathers before attaching to the waist band
  23. a) Explain points to consider when choosing flowers for flower arrangement (5 marks)
  24. b) Describe the procedure of cleaning a wooden polished table surface (7 marks)
  25. c) List four ways of enhancing personal appearance             (4 marks)
  26. d) Explain four ways of encouraging a child to play             (4 marks)
  27. a) State six points to consider when choosing and preparing weaning foods             (6 marks)
  28. b) Give three desired qualities of a deep frying pan (3 marks)
  29. c) State five reasons for preserving foods (5 marks)
  30. d) Explain six dietary needs of an elderly person (6 marks)

 

*TNW*

  1. Why is figure type an important factor to consider in choice of your clothes?             (2mks)
  2. What is the importance of learning first aid?                                                                                    (2mks)
  3. Which laundry processes are carried out before washing a fast- coloured cotton shirt? (2mks)
  4. Differentiate between tear and wear             (2mks)
  5. Give two reasons  as to  why  steel  wool  is  not suitable  for  cleaning  plastics             (2mks)
  6. Name two main methods of purchasing goods and services in Kenya             (2mks)
  7. What are the advantages of dry cleaning?             (2mks)
  8. State two ways of minimizing wastage of detergents when washing             (2mks)
  9. Give any two uses of running stitches             (2mks)
  10. How can one identify the warp thread in the absence of the selvedge?             (2mks)
  11. Which factors make meat dry and tough after roasting             (2mks)
  12. State three points to bear in mind when making seams on under wears             (3mks)
  13. Define the following terms as applied to meal??????
  14. Give one flavouring that is suitable for salads             (1mk)
  15. State two points to consider when selecting the baby’s layette             (2mks)
  16. Differentiate between complementary and supplementary feeding                         (2mks)
  17. Why is management of fullness important             (3mks)
  18. Give two uses of vinegar in cooking                         (1mk)
  19. Your father is to facilitate a very important seminar. Explain how to:
  20.  a) Dry clean his tie                                                                                                                (5mks)
  21. b) Finish his cotton shirt                                                                                                        (5mks)
  22. c) Clean the leather bag be will use                                                                                       (5mks)
  23. d) Clean a  pair of  shipper  he  will use                                                                                (5mks)
  24. a) Giving examples in e ach case explain  three  changes  that take place in  a dough

during  the frying   of mandazi                                                                                         (6mks)

  1. b) Give four faults that could occur in cooking of mandazi                                                             (4mks)
  2. c) Explain four nutritional needs of an adolescent                                                               (8mks)
  3.  d) Explain four qualities of a well made vegetable salad                                                    (2mks)
  4. a) Explain three points to consider when using a sewing  machine                                         (6mks)
  5. b) Mention six stitches used during the blouse/shirt construction from cutting to readiness (3mks)
  6. c) Explain the procedure followed in preparation of around patch pocket ready for attaching (6mks)

 

  1. a) Explain two positive  and  two negative effects  of  advertisements  on  the consumer        (4mks)
  2. b) What precautions would one take when using kerosene                                                   (4mks)
  3. c) Explain five advantages of breast feeding                                                                                    (5mks)
  4. d) What five problems could result to a baby during weaning                                             (5mks)
  5. e) Give two reasons for labelling products                                                                           (2mks)

 

 

*NDW*

  1. State the importance of sebaceous glands in relation to a healthy skin                             (1mk)
  2. State two qualities that make aluminium popular for household utensils (2mks)
  3. Give a reason why nylon is unsuitable for sports wears (1mk)
  4. Mention two uses of dhania (coriander) leaves in cookery             (2mks)
  5. Mention two advantages of blending cotton and nylon fibers (2mks)
  6. State any two reasons why a child’s growth monitoring is important (2mks)
  7. List four laundry processes that are harmful to woolen fibres and in each case state the

harm caused

  1. State three ways of providing variety in meal planning and management (3mks)
  2. State two factors to consider when choosing where to buy vegetables (2mks)
  3. Give two qualities of a good advertisement                                           (2mks)
  4. Explain three ways of economizing fuel when using electricity for cooking (3mks)
  5. Explain two reasons for using interfacing during garment construction     (2mks)
  6. Identify three methods of finishing the edges of sleeves other than using a cuff (3mks)
  7. State three reasons for labeling products in a factory (3mks)
  8. State two precautions to be taken to prevent bed sores when taking care of the sick persons

at home

  1. List two uses of lamp shades             (2mks)
  2. State two factors to consider when planning lighting for various rooms in the home (2mks)
  3. Differentiate between advancing and receeding colours (2mks)
  4. Give two reasons why most women in the rural areas are less groomed (2mks)

 

20        a) Describe the correct procedure of laundering nylon dress                                               (8mks)

  1. b) Describe the correct procedure of cleaning white canvas shoes without shoe laces          (7mks)
  2. c) Give the correct procedure of cleaning two aluminium cups (5mks)

21        a) Mention two uses of butter in the home                                                                              (2mks)

  1.  b) Identify four major nutrients found in butter                                                                     (4mks)

c)i)Describe four changes that  takes place when heating butter                                                   (4mks)

  1.  ii) Name four main groups of fats giving an example for each                                          (4mks)
  2. d) Explain three considerations to make when selecting a storage facility for butter              (6mks)
  3. a)Outline four tests undertaken at the clinic to an expectant mother in the  first month of

pregnancy                                                                                                                            (4mks)

  1. b) Describe two supplementary foods for a baby                                                                    (2mks)
  2. c) Explain two benefits of supplementary food                                                                      (4mks)

d)i)Explain  four reasons why  a mother may be unable to breast feed

  1. ii) Explain four points on care of play items (2mks)
  2. a) Explain four properties of viscose rayon which are undesirable (8mks)
  3. b) Suggest four features that can be used to finish a nigh dress decoratively                         (4mks)
  4. c) Give three reasons for   ironing a night dress during construction                                             (3mks)
  5. d) Explain five desirable qualities of an iron box                                                                   (5mks)

 

*RCH*

  1. State the importance of sebaceous glands in relation to a healthy skin             (1mk)
  2. State two qualities that make aluminium popular for household utensils             (2mks)
  3. Give a reason why nylon is unsuitable for sports wears (1mk)
  4. Mention two uses of dhania (coriander) leaves in cookery                                  (2mks)
  5. Mention two advantages of blending cotton and nylon fibers             (2mks)
  6. State any two reasons why a child’s growth monitoring is important (2mks)
  7. List four laundry processes that are harmful to woolen fibres and in each case state

the harm caused                                                                                                                     (2mks)

  1. State three ways of providing variety in meal planning and management             (3mks)
  2. State two factors to consider when choosing where to buy vegetables (2mks)
  3. Give two qualities of a good advertisement             (2mks)
  4. Explain three ways of economizing fuel when using electricity for cooking             (3mks)
  5. Explain two reasons for using interfacing during garment construction             (2mks)
  6. Identify three methods of finishing the edges of sleeves other than using a cuff             (3mks)
  7. State three reasons for labeling products in a factory             (3mks)

 

  1. State two precautions to be taken to prevent bed sores when taking care of the sick persons

at home                                                                                                                                    (2mks)

  1. List two uses of lamp shades             (2mks)
  2. State two factors to consider when planning lighting for various rooms in the home             (2mks)
  3. Differentiate between advancing and receeding colours (2mks)
  4. Give two reasons why most women in the rural areas are less groomed             (2mks)
  5. a) Describe the correct procedure of laundering nylon dress             (8mks)
  6. b) Describe the correct procedure of cleaning white canvas shoes without shoe laces          (7mks)
  7. c) Give the correct procedure of cleaning two aluminium cups (5mks)
  8. a) Mention two uses of butter in the home             (2mks)
  9. b) Identify four major nutrients found in butter                                                                             (4mks)

c)i)Describe four changes that  takes place when heating butter                                                    (4mks)

  1. ii) Name four main groups of fats giving an example for each                                                     (4mks)
  2. d) Explain three considerations to make when selecting a storage facility for butter                  (6mks)
  3. a)Outline four tests undertaken at the clinic to an expectant mother in the  first month

of pregnancy                                                                                                                       (4mks)

  1. b) Describe two supplementary foods for a baby                                                                           (2mks)
  2. c) Explain two benefits of supplementary food                                                                             (4mks)

d)i)Explain  four reasons why  a mother may be unable to breast feed

  1. ii) Explain four points on care of play items                                                                          (2mks)

23 .      a) Explain four properties of viscose rayon which are undesirable                                        (8mks)

  1. b) Suggest four features that can be used to finish a nigh dress decoratively                                  (4mks)
  2. c) Give three reasons for   ironing a night dress during construction                                            (3mks)
  3. d) Explain five desirable qualities of an iron box                                                                          (5mks)

 

*KKE*

  1. Why is comfort an important factor to consider during the choice of cosmetics (2mks)
  2. What observation should you make when cleaning a house? (2mks)
  3. What is the difference between drainage and refuse disposal (2mks)
  4. Green vegetables should be blanched before freezing. Give three reasons why (3mks)
  5. State any two vaccines that every child should receive (2mks)
  6. State ways of preventing insect bites and stings in an environment (2mks)
  7. Give three uses of facing in garment construction (3mks)
  8. Which factors influence the rise of prices of commodities in the market? (2mks)
  9. Which precautionary measures should one take to prevent food spoilage during storage? (2mks)
  10. Identify two kitchen equipment that occupy small space and are easy to store (2mks)
  11. Explain two functions of water in the body (2mks)
  12. Suggest two points to ob serve when cooking beef (2mks)
  13. State two nutritional needs of adolescents (2mks)
  14. State two reasons why bicarbonate of soda is not popular used in flour mixtures (2mks)
  15. Explain how food can be preserved at home without refrigerator (2mks)
  16. List three classes of convenience foods (2mks)
  17. State the effects of insufficient/light pressure exerted by the pressure foot during stitching (2mks)
  18. Give properties that make linen suitable for making kitchen clothes
  19. State two qualities of a well made patch pocket (2mks)
  20. In the space provided, sketch two pattern marking that will assist in laying of pattern (2mks)
  21. You are taking care of an aunt who is recovering from n infection disease:
  22. a) Explain how you could launder a white cotton bed sheet (14 mks)
  23. b) Describe how you would clean a plastic basin she has used in the room (6mks)
  24. a)Mention three methods used to coat before frying(3mks)
  25. b) State 4 ways of improving appetite when presenting food at the table (4mks)
  26. c) Discuss general points to observe when drying meat (3mks)
  27. d) Discuss five important points to observe when planning meals for the elderly (10mks)
  28. a)State three ways of transferring pattern markings(5mks)
  29. b) State five advantages of home based care of the sick (5mks)
  30. c) Giving reasons, explain 5 rules to observe when removing stains (10mks)
  31. a) explain three roles of play in child development (3mks)
  32.       b) Give five qualities of a well made cuff (5mks)
  33. c) With the aid of a well labeled diagram, describe how to make machine fell seam (7mks)
  34. d) Describe how you would clean your wooden locker (5mks)

 

*STK*

1          Define the term hue as used in home science                                                                                    (1mk)

  1. Give two Ways in which the studying of home science benefits an individual             (2mks)
  2. Give two functions of a colander as kitchen equipment
  3. Sate four basic instructions on the use of medicine             (2mks)
  4. Name two types of accidents that can cause fractures            (2mks)
  5. State two points to consider when choosing a toilet brush.                        (2mks)
  6. Why are clothes dampened before ironing?             (1mk)
  7. Give three precautions to take when cleaning wooden surfaces           (3mks)
  8. State three qualities to look for when buying a sauce pan                                        (3mks)
  9. Give three uses of eggs in flour mixtures             (3mks)
  10. Give two different methods of identifying linen as a textile fibre             (2mks)
  11. List four decorative methods of disposing off fullness in a toddlers dress             (2mks)
  12. Give two causes of needle breaking when machine stitching             (2mks)
  13. Suggest two reasons why a French seam is suitable for fraying fabrics             (2mks)
  14. Give two points on the importance of consumer education to a consumer .                         (2mks)
  15. State three factors that will affect the efficiency of a laundry soap                         (3mks)
  16. (a) State two reasons for using tucks on children’s clothing                         (2mks)

(b) Identify any four factors that may affect normal foetal development                            (2mks)

  1. Explain two advantages of home-based care of the sick.             (2mks)
  2. You are taking care of your sister who is recovering from an infectious skin disease

(a) Giving reasons in each case, explain the procedural steps you would take to launder her

woolen shawl                                                                                                                           (10mks)

(b) Thoroughly clean her white canvas shoes with laces                                                          (6mks)

(c) Explain the steps you would take in cleaning her stained melamine cup                                (4mks)

  1. (a) Discuss five danger signs of pregnancy                         10mks)

(b) Explain four points to consider when buying hand sewing needles                                      (4mks)

(c) Give two common faults and their causes in each of the following flour mixtures.

(i) A coarse open texture in rubbed –in cakes                                                                 (2mks)

(ii) Heavy and close texture in creamed cakes                                                                (2mks)

(iii) Hard and tough pastry                                                                                               (2mks)

  1. (a) With the aid of three clearly labeled diagrams, explain the working of a lapped seam (8mks)

(b) Explain the functions of each of the following:-

(i) Balance wheel                                                                                                              (1mk)

(ii) Bobbin case                                                                                                                 (1mk)

(iii) Pressure foot lifter                                                                                                     (1mk)

(c) Explain four qualities of a good cutting out shears                                                         (4mks)

(d) (i) Explain three points of  importance of care labels                                                    (3mks)

(ii) Give two undesirable properties of nylon                                                                 (2mks)

  1. (a) Explain five changes that occur when cooking ugali using maize flour             (10mks)

(b) Define the following terms as used in home science. Give an example in each case:-

(i) Food fortification                                                                                                         (2mks)

(ii) Food vehicle                                                                                                                (2mks)

(iii) Food supplements                                                                                                      (2mks)

(c) Explain four factors that influence consumer buying                                                     (4mks)

© SIJE- 2010                                                      Form 4     Home science 441/1                                                                        End

                                                                                          4

 

 

*STK2*

  1. Give two economical ways of disposing refuse.             (2mks)
  2. Define the term descaling as used in home science             (1mk)
  3. Using an example in each case list three types of drainage             (7mks)
  4. Give two use of a mangle             (2mks)
  5. Name the three categories under which clothes should be sorted out in laundry work (3mks)
  6. Name two inexpensive sponging solutions             (2mks)
  7. Define the term natural immunization             (2mks)
  8. Give two major functions of vitamin K (phylloquinone)                                                 (2mks)
  9. Explain two effects of cooking on vitamin C (ascorbic acid)                                     (2mks)
  10. Give two differences between weaning and supplementary feeding                                     (2mks)
  11. Define the term medicine as used in home science                                                             (2mks)
  12. State two precautions to take when using grease solvents                                                 (2mks)
  13. (a) What is valeting in home science?

(b) Explain it’s importance                                                                                                    (1mk)

  1. List three processes through which sodium s lost in the body                         (3mks)
  2. List three methods of neatening an overlaid seam                                                             (3mks)
  3. Give two reasons why consumer education is caught in schools                                     (2mks)
  4. (i) Which is the most important meal for the day?                                                             (1mk)

(ii) Give a reason for your answer                                                                                         (1mk)

  1. You’re preparing to entertain visitors in our birthday party.

(a) Sponge your aunties woolen coat to be worn on the day                                                 (10mks)

(b) Launder your white cotton blouse with chewing gum stain                                            (6mks)

  1. (a) Explain four principles of conserving nutrients while preparing vegetables             (8mks)

(b) Explain five major functions of advertisements                                                             (5mks)

(c) Explain five factors to consider when renting a family house                                        (5mks)

(d) Give two uses of salt in the house                                                                                               (2mks)

  1. (a) Describe how to make a machine fell seam at the shoulders of a blouse                         (8mks)

(b) Mention four ways of watering an open seam                                                                 (2mks)

(c) Mention three types of beriberi. Give three differences between any two types you’ve

listed above                                                                                                                     (6mks)

  1. (a) Explain five social needs of an expectant mother                         (10mks)

(b) Explain five points to consider when choosing personal clothes                                                (10mks)

 

 

 

PAPER TWO

*NYR*

  1. A pattern of a child’s dress is provided. You are advised to study the sketch and the layout before you begin the test.

            MATERIALS PROVIDED

  1. PATTERN PIECES:-                                                                                                     

A         Dress Front

B         Dress Back

C         Sleeve

D         Sleeve binding and ties

E         Sleeve opening facing

F          Front neck facing

G         Back neck facing

  1. Plain light weight fabric 60cm long by 91cm wide.
  2. Sewing thread to match the fabric colour
  3. One large envelope

           

THE TEST                                                                                                                            

Using the materials provided, cut out and make the LEFT HALF of the child’s dress to show the     following:-

  • The joining of the front to back bodice at the shoulder line using a neatened open seam.
  • Making a French seam at the sides of the front and the back
  • Joining the front and back neck facing with a neatened open seam
  • Neatening the outer edge of the joined neck-facing
  • Using the prepared facing to neaten the neck-line of the dress bodice
  • Preparation of the sleeve opening facing
  • preparation of the faced slit opening on the sleeve
  • Attachment of the binding sleeve ties onto the sleeve
  • Making of the French seam on the sleeve
  • Attaching the sleeve on the bodice. DO NOT NEATEN THE SEAM.

At the end of the examination, firmly sew onto your work, on a single fabric, a label bearing your   name and the index number. Remove the needle and pins from your work. Then fold and place it

in the envelope provided. Do not put scraps of material  in the envelope.

VIEWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*MGN*

A pattern of a girl’s blouse is provided. You are advised to study the sketches, instructions and layout carefully before you begin the test.                                                                                                             *MGN*

MATERIALS PROVIDED

  1. Pattern pieces for the blouse             *MGN*
  1.             –           BODICE FRONT
  2.             –           BODICE BACK
  3.             –           BACK NECK FACING
  4.             –           ARM HOLE BINDING STRIP
  1. Light weight plain cotton fabric 45cm long by 90cm wide.                         
  2. Sewing thread to match the fabric
  3. One large envelope

 

THE TEST                                                                                                                                              

Using the materials provided, cut out and make the LEFT HALF of the blouse to show the following processes;

  • Working of the front bodice double dart
  • Making a French seam at the shoulder
  • Making a neated open seam on the side of the blouse
  • Joining the back neck facing to the front facing and neatening the free edge
  • Attachment of the facing to the neckline and under stitch
  • Neatening the armhole using a binding strip
  • Cutting the marked tear on the back bodice and repairing it with hand darning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*KSM*

A pattern of a child’s blouse is provided. You are advised to study the sketches instructions and the layout carefully before you begin the test.

Materials provided:-

1 pattern pieces

  1. A. – bodice front
  2. B. – bodice back
  3. C. – sleeve
  4. D. – cuff
  5. E. – front facing
  6. F. – back facing
  7. G. – patch
  8. H. – straight strip
  9. Plain lightweight cotton fabric 45cm long by 90cm wide.
  10. Cotton sewing thread to match the fabric.
  11. One button (shirt) with to holes
  12. One envelope.

 

 

 

THE TEST

Using the material provided cut out and make the left half of the blouse to show the following processes:

(a) Making of the waist dart

(b) Working of the calico patch

(c) Working of the shoulder seam to make French seam

(d) Making the side seam using an open seam.

(e) Working of continuous wrap opening

(f) Preparing an attaching the cuff on sleeves

(g) Preparing and fixing the neckline facing

(h) Attaching the sleeves on to bodice

(i) Slip hemming the back bodice lower hem

(j) Working of buttonhole and attaching of the shirt button.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LAYOUT NOT DRAWN TO SCALE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/B: X represents the hole to be patched.

 

 

 

 

 

*KKC*

  1. A pattern of a child’s dress is provided. You are advised to study the sketches, instructions and the layout  carefully before you begin the test.                                                                           *KKC*

MATERIALS PROVIDED

  1. Pattern pieces for the dress

A         –           Dress front

B         –           Dress back

C         –           Pocket

D         –           Front facing

E          –           Back facing

  1. Plain light weight cotton fabric 55cm long by 90cm wide
  2. Sewing thread to match the fabric
  3. One large envelope

           

THE TEST                                                                                                                            

Using material provided, cut out and make the LEFT HALF of a child’s dress to show the          following

  1. Working of a shoulder dart
  2. The joining of the shoulder seam using a French seam
  3. The joining of the side seam using a plain seam
  4. The preparation of the patch pocket
  5. Fixing of the patch pocket on to the garment
  6. The joining of the front and the back facings at the shoulder. Neatening the outer edge of the facing
  7. Attaching of the facing at the neckline of the dress. Understitching the seams
  8. Hem the lower Bodice using slip hemming stitches

At the end of the examination, firmly sew onto your work, on a single fabric a label bearing your   name and index number. Remove the needle and pins from your work, then fold your work neatly             and place it in the envelope provided. Do not put scraps of fabric in the envelope.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*RCH*

  1. MATERIALS PROVIDED
  1. – Skirt front
  2. – Skirt back
  3. – Front yoke
  4. – Back yoke
  5. – Collar
  6. – Front neck facing
  7. – Back neck facing
  8. – Frill

N.B Interfacing for collar is cut with pieces from the same fabric

 

  1. Light weight cotton fabric 70cm by 91 cm wide
  2. Sewing cotton thread to match the fabric
  3. An envelope

 

 

THE TEST

Using the materials provided, cut out and make the left half of a child’s dress as shown in the sketch below to give the following;

  1. The attachment of the back yoke to the back skirt using an overlaid/ seam
  2. The attachment of front yoke to front skirt using an overlaid seam
  3. The working of a open seam at the shoulder
  4. The preparation of an interfaced collar
  5. The neatening of the free edge of the facings
  6. The attaching of the collar using the facings
  7. The making of a French seam at the side of the dress
  8. The preparation of the frill. Use inverted pleats
  9. The attaching of the frill to the skirt front only using neatened open seam ( use loop stitches)

At the end of the test, remove all the pins, loose hanging threads and attach your name, index number on a single layer of fabric. Fold your work neatly with the label on the top most and put them inside the envelope provided.

A

O

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*MUM*

  1. A pattern of girls skirt is provided. You are advised to study the sketches the question paper and the layout carefully before you begin the test

MATERIALS PROVIDED                                                                                            

  1. Pattern pieces:-
  2. Skirt front
  3. Skirt back
  4. Pocket
  5. Pocket facing
  6. Front waist band
  7. Back waist band
  8. Light weight plain cotton fabric 60cm long by 90cm wide
  9. Zip (13 cm long)
  10. Sewing threads match the fabric
  11. One large envelope

THE TEST*MUM*

Using the materials provided cut out and make the RIGHT HALF of the skirt below to show

the following processes:

  1. Making the back dart
  2. Facing of the pocket mouth
  3. Preparation and attachment of the pocket
  4. The preparation of the gathers on the skirt front piece
  5. The making of a neatened open seam at the side – below the opening
  6. The attachment of the zip using concealed method
  7. The preparation of un-interfaced waist bands
  8. The attachment of the waist band to the skirt pieces and preparation of the tie ends
  9. Edge stitching the hem and holding down using running stitches (do not hem)

At the end of the examination firmly sew onto your work, on a single fabric, a label bearing your name and index number. Remove the needle and pins from your work, then fold your work carefully and place it in the envelope provided. Do not put scraps of fabric in the envelope.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*KKE*

A pattern of a girls dress is provided. You are advised to study the question paper, sketches, instructions and layout carefully before you begin the test.

 

MATERIALS PROVIDED

  1. Pattern pieces for the dress:

A         -Dress front

B         -Dress back

C         -Sleeve

D         -Sleeve binding and ties

E         -Sleeve opening

F          -Front neck facing

G         -Back neck facing

H         -The collar

  1. Plain light weight cotton fabric 80cm long by 90cm wide
  2. Sewing thread to match
  3. One large envelope

 

THE TEST

Using the materials provided, cut out and make up the right half of a child’s dress to show the following

  1. a) The making of a French seam at the shoulder
  2. b) The making of a neatened open seam at side
  3. c) The preparation of the sleeve opening
  4. d) The joining of the underarm seam using a neatened open seam
  5. e) The preparation of the interfaced collar
  6. f) The preparation of the front and back facing.
  7. g) The joining of the collar to the neckline using the facings.
  8. h) The binding of the lower edge of the sleeve and preparation of the tie ends
  9. i) The preparation and attachment of the sleeve.

 

 

N/B Do not trim or neatened the armhole seam allowance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*NDW*

A pattern of a boy’s pair of shorts is provided. You are advised to study the sketches, the question paper and the layout before you begin the test.

 

  1. MATERIALS PROVIDED
  2. A. Shorts front
  3. B. Shorts back
  4. C. Waist band
  5. D. Fly and opening facing
  6. E. Fly binding.

 

  1. Light weight cotton fabric of 70cm long by 90cm wide
  2. Cotton sewing thread to match the fabric
  3. One large envelope

 

 

 

THE TEST

 

Using the provided materials cut out and make up the LEFT LEG of the shorts to show the following:

 

  1. The making of the back dart
  2. The facing of the short
  3. The preparation of the fly
  4. The lining of the prepared fly with the attached facing
  5. The neatening of the raw edges if the fly together with the facing using the bias binding
  6. The fixing of the fly in position by top stitching.
  7. The joining of the side seam using a plain seam (not open) and neatening half of it
  8. The joining of the inner-leg seam using a neatened open seam.
  9. The preparation and attachment of an interfaced waist band
  10. The preparation and slip-hemming of half of the hem (i.e. from side seam to inner leg only)

 

 

At the end of the examination, firm sew on to your work, on single fabric a label bearing your name and index number. Remove the needle and pins from your work.  Then fold your work carefully and place it in the envelope provided. Do not put scraps of materials in the envelope.

 

BOY’ S SHORT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*STK*

A pattern of a girl’s blouse is provided. You are advised to study the sketches, instructions and layout carefully before you begin the test.

 

MATERIALS PROVIDED

  1. Pattern pieces for the blouse
  1. BODICE FRONT
  2. BODICE BACK
  3. BACK NECK FACING
  4. ARM HOLE BINDING STRIP
  1. Light weight plain cotton fabric 45cm long by 90cm wide.
  2. Sewing thread to match the fabric
  3. One large envelope

 

THE TEST

Using the materials provided, cut out and make the LEFT HALF of the blouse to show the following processes;

  • Working of the front bodice double dart
  • Making a French seam at the shoulder
  • Making a neated open seam on the side of the blouse
  • Joining the back neck facing to the front facing and neatening the free edge
  • Attachment of the facing to the neckline and under stitch
  • Neatening the armhole using a binding strip
  • Cutting the marked tear on the back bodice and repairing it with hand darning
A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAPER THREE

 

*KKC*

  1. THE TEST                                                                                                 *KKC*

Your parents are away on a journey and you are expected to make breakfast for yourself and two         visitors who have just arrived in the wee hours of the morning

Use the foods given below to come up with a balanced breakfast

INGREDIENTS

  • Wheat flour
  • Eggs
  • Baking powder
  • Sugar
  • Milk
  • Maize flour/ millet flour
  • Oranges
  • Salt
  • Fat

 

*NYR*

            INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES                                                                                

  1. Read the test carefully
  2. You are advised to spend not more than thirty minutes for planning
  3. Recipe books may be used for planning

            THE TEST                                                                                                                            

You are getting ready to go back to school after the December, holidays. Using the ingredients      provided prepare cook and serve:

  • A one-course lunch for you and a friend
  • A baked tea item to carry to school

            PLANNING SESSION                                                                                                         

Make a rough order of work to include:

  1. List of dishes
  2. List of food stuff and equipment you would require
  • Order to work

            LIST OF INGREDIENTS                                                                                                    

  1. Meat/chicken/peas
  2. Rice
  3. Cabbage/sukuma wiki
  4. Tomatoes
  5. Onions
  6. Sugar
  7. Salt
  8. Self rising flour/flour + Raising Agent
  9. Carrots
  10. Cooking oil/fat

 

*KSM*

Your younger sister is celebrating her 10th birthday and your mother has asked you to help her in some preparation for the party. using the ingredient listed below, prepare and serve one sweet and one savoury item suitable for passing round in addition include a suitable beverage

  • Eggs
  • Fruits in season
  • Sugar
  • Sausages
  • Self raising flour
  • Margarine
  • Fat/oil
  • Milk
  • Salt
  • Sultanas/mixed peel/grated rind of lemon

 

PLANNING SESSION (30MINUTES)

PRACTICALS 1 ¼ HOURS)

Read the test carefully and proceed as follows:-

  1. Write the ingredient and recipes your shopping list, your list of requirements on separate sheet of paper using carbon paper to form duplicate copies.
  2. Write a time plan to guide your work in duplicate copies.
  3. Text books and recipes may be used but constant reference to them during practical and planning

session should be avoided

  1. Write your name and index number on your plan and your entire list. After planning assemble your

duplicates and originals separately remove shopping list from duplicate to be used to purchase your

requirement.

At the end of the examination hand in both your question paper.  Original and duplicate time plans with separate shopping list to the examiner

 

 

 

*MGN*

            THE TEST                                                                                                                

You are left with our brother at home. Using the ingredients listed below, cook and present a two course breakfast for the two of you

Ingredients

  • Fruit in season
  • Margarine
  • Tea leaves
  • Bread
  • Eggs
  • Sugar
  • Tomatoes
  • Milk
  • Fat
  • Seasoning

            PLANNING SESSION: 30 MINUTES                                                       

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and use carbon paper to make duplicate           copies then proceed as follows:-

Identify the dishes, then write down their recipes

Write down you order of work

Make a list of the food stuffs and equipment you will require

 

*NDW*

TEST

Your cousin is visiting you over the weekend for an overnight stay. Using the ingredients listed below prepare, cook and server a complete breakfast for the two of you.

 

Ingredients

  • Margarine
  • Tomatoes
  • Eggs
  • Fruits in season
  • Finger millet/sorghum flour
  • Fat/oil
  • Salt
  • Tea leaves
  • Milk
  • Bread

 

PLANNING SESSION (30MINUTES)

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and use carbon paper to make duplicate copies then proceed as follows:

 

  1. Identify the breakfast then write the recipes
  2. Write down your order of work
  3. Make a list of the food stuff and equipments you will require.

 

*MAT*

THE TEST

Your parents are coming for lunch, using the ingredients listed below, prepare cook and present a two course meal for two.

  • Rice (spaghetti/ macaroni/ wheat flour/potatoes
  • Fat/oil
  • Salt
  • Tomatoes
  • Vegetables
  • Fruits

PLANNING SESSION                                                                                                               

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below:

Make duplicate copies then proceeds as follows;

  1. Identify the dishes (write down their recipes)
  2. Write down your order of work
  3. Make a list of the foodstuffs and equipment you will require.

 

 

*RCH*

THE TEST

Your elder brother has just recovered from severe malaria attack. Your mother has asked you look after him while she is away.

Using the ingredients listed below, prepare, cook and serve a two course lunch for both of you. Include a nutritious drink

 

INGREDIENTS

Beef/ Eggs

Onions

Tomatoes

Cooking fat/ oil

Sugar

Fruit in season

Salt

Rice/ Wheat flour/ maize flour

Milk

Green leafy vegetables

PLANNING SESSION

Use a separate sheet of paper for each task listed below and use carbon paper to make duplicate copies then proceed as follows;

  1. Identify the dishes and write down their recipes
  2. Write down your plan/ order of work
  3. Write a shopping list of the food stuff that you will require and a list of equipment

 

 

 

*KKE*

 

THE TEST

 

You are a day scholar who stays with your grandmother and you carry packed lunches to school. Using the ingredients provided, prepare, cook and serve.

 

  1. i) One course supper for both of you.
  2. ii) Include a nutritious drink.

 

  • Liver/beef/green grams
  • Green bananas/rice
  • Green leafy vegetables
  • Tomatoes
  • Onions
  • Cooking fat/oil
  • Salt
  • Garlic
  • Sweet pepper
  • Corrianda
  • Spices
  • Oranges
  • Pineapples
  • Mangoes

 

PLANNING SESSION 30 MINUTES

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and a carbon paper to make duplicate copier.

 

Then proceed as follows:

1) Identify the dishes and write down their recipes.

2) Write down your order of work.

3) Make a list of the food stuffs and equipment you will require.

 

 

*MUM*

 

THE TEST

You are traveling to a neighbouring province to visit your friend during the holidays. Using the ingredients listed below, prepare, cook and pack a suitable snack for two to be eaten on the journey. Omit baking method

 

  • Ground nuts/eggs
  • Fruits in session
  • Baking powder
  • Wheat flour
  • Milk/water
  • Eggs
  • Sugar
  • Salt
  • Margarine
  • Oil/fat
  • Carrots

 

Planning session – 30minutes

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and a carbon paper to make duplicate copies.

Then proceed as follows:

  1. Identify the food items used and write down their recipes.
  2. Write down your order of work.
  3. Make a list of the food stuffs, material and equipment you will require.

 

 

*STK*

You are expecting your friend for lunch. Using the ingredients listed below, prepare cook and present a one course lunch and a nutritious drink for the two of you.

 

Ingredients

Plain wheat flour

Beef

Green leafy vegetables

Fruit in season

Salt

Cooking fat

Tomatoes

Onions

Capsicum

Sugar

Rice/macaroni/spaghetti

 

PLANING SESSION   (30 MINUTES)

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and use a carbon paper to

make duplicate copies then proceed as follows:-

 

  1. Identify the dishes then write down their recipes
  2. write down your order of work
  3. make a list of foodstuff, equipment and materials that you will require

 

 

*TNW*

THE TEST

You are expecting your friend for lunch. Using the ingredients listed below, prepare, cook and present a one lunch and a nutritious drink for the two of you.

Ingredients

  1. Plain wheat flour/rice
  2. Beef
  3. Green leafy vegetables
  4. Fruit in season
  5. Salt
  6. Cooking fat
  7. Tomatoes
  8. Onions
  9. Capsicum
  10. Sugar
  11. Milk

 

PLANNING SESSION (30 MINUTES)

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and use a carbon paper to make duplicate copies then proceed as follows:-

 

  1. Identify the dishes then write down their recipes
  2. Write down your order of work
  3. Make a list of food stuff, equipment and materials that you will require.

 

 

*STK2*

THE TEST

You are hosting your two friends who came on an overnight stay in your home. Using the ingredients listed below, prepare, cook and present a well balanced full breakfast for the three of you.

 

Ingredients:-

  • Baking flour
  • Baking powder
  • Eggs/liver/kidney
  • Cooking fat/oil /margarine
  • Bread/sweet potatoes/arrow roots
  • Lettuce/cucumber/tomatoes/onions
  • Drinking chocolates/tea/coca
  • Sugar
  • Milk
  • Salt

 

PLANNING SESSION- 30MINUTES

Use a separate sheet of paper for each task listed below. Use carbon paper to make duplicate copies.

  1. Identify the dishes and write down their recipes
  2. Write down your order of work
  3. Make a list of foodstuff and equipment you will require

 

*STK 3*

PLANNING SESSION – (30 MINS)

You are taking care of your 10yr old nephew who is recovering from malaria. Using the ingredients listed below, prepare, cook and present;

  • A one course lunch for both of you.
  • Include of refreshing drink.

Ingredients

  • Meat/eggs
  • Rice/spaghetti/macaroni
  • Cabbage/kales/spinach
  • Passion/orange/pineapple fruit
  • Sugar
  • Salt
  • Cooking fat/oil
  • Tomatoes
  • Potatoes
  • Onions
  • Capsicum
  • Carrots
  • Dhania
  • Royco

 

Planning session (30mins)
Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and use carbon paper to make duplicate copies then proceed as follows;

  1. Identify the menu, then write down the recipes.
  2. Write down the order of work.

Make a list of the equipment and foodstuff you will require to carry out the practical

 

 

ANSWERS

PAPER ONE

*KSM*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*MGN*

  1. -To avoid blowing dust into the air.
  • To prevent cross infection.
  • So that dust particles in the air cannot spread germs.
  1. – Swollen gums with weak capillaries that bleed easily.
  • Blood in he stool and urine due to ruptured capillaries.
  • Unhealthy skin.
  • Slow healing of wounds.
  • General weakness of the body.
  1. -The style.
  • The colour.
  • – Material i.e. metal, shiny etc.
  1. -Can only be used where there is supply of piped water.
  • Are expensive to install.
  • Maintenance may be expensive if carelessly used especially when plumbers have to be

            engaged in unblocking sinks and drains or replacing broken fitting.                  

  1. -Decorative purposes.
  • Adding flavour.
  1. – Strengthen the teeth as they come out.
  • Exercise the jaws.
  • To ease discomfort.      
  1. -Should have skin on the surface.
  • Right in consistency.
  • Well flavoured.
  • Not oily on the surface.
  1. -Waist band.
  • Hem
  1. i) Tray cloth
  • By starching.

(ii)  Baby Napkin

– By boiling or disinfecting.                                                                                      (2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. Mention two advantages of blending cotton and nylon fibres.             *MGN*

            Fabric made is:-

  • Light in weight.
  • Crease resistant.
  • Becomes absorbent.
  • Not attacked by moth.
  • Does not attract static electricity.       (2 x 1 = 2mks)
  1. Give two methods of credit buying.             *MGN*
  • Hire-purchase.
  • Use of credit cards.
  • – Simple non-installment credit. (2 x 1 = 2mks)
  1. – Height
  • Smoothness
  • Source of light
  1. -Kneading divided\s the gluten strands and spreads them evenly through the mixture, holding carbon dioxide produced during the fermentation process.                        
  2. –Exercise the teeth.
  • Get all the nutrients it contains because cooking destroys some. (2 x 1 = 2mks)
  1. -Should be made of stainless steel / Rustless.
  • Should be sharp.
  • Firmly fixed or hinged.
  • One blade should be pointed.
  • One end should be curved.
  • Comfortable handles with one hole large enough for two or more fingers. (2 x 1= 2mks)
  1. -Through breast feeding.
  • When giving birth.
  1. -To smoothen the edge.
  • For shaping the curve.
  1. -BCG. – Given at birth.

            DPT – Given at 6, 10 14 weeks respectively.

            Yellow Fever  and Measles – Given at 9 months .

            Vitamin A capsule – Given from age 6 – 9 months.

  1. Give two reasons for disposing of waste properly.             *MGN*
  • To prevent thee environment degradation.
  • To prevent breeding of disease causing organisms.
  • To prevent the spread of communicable diseases.
  • To prevent environmental pollution.

(c) State the method of dry cleaning a polyester tie                                                             *MGN*

  1. (a)-Collect necessary equipment and material. (1)
  • Move all the moveable furniture to one side. (1)
  • Close all the windows and doors (1)
  • Sweep from the furthest and to the door. (1)
  • Keep head of broom down and stand behind the broom. (1)
  • Sweep methodically. (½)
  • Gather all the dust together and collect and dispose. (1)
  • Rearrange the furniture and open the window and door. (½ )
  • Dust all the surfaces. (½ )
  • Clean used equipment (½ )       

(b)Procedure of cleaning an enamel plate.

  • Use warm soapy water. (1)
  • Clean using sponge or soft cloth/ sisal fibre. (1)
  • Rinse thoroughly (½) in warm water (½ )
  • To remove dirt and soap traces. (1)
  • Dry completely (½ ) before storage to avoid rusting. (½ )       (5 mks)

            (c)Methods of dry cleaning a polyester tie.

  • Work in a well ventilated place away from flames. (1)
  • Shake the article to be dry cleaned. Thoroughly to remove loose dirt. (1)
  • Pour an adequate amount of dry – cleaning liquid in a small basin. (1)
  • Immerse the tie, knead and squeeze until clean. (1)
  • Squeeze out as much of the liquid as possible. (1)
  • Hang the tie to dry in an airy place. (1)
  • When the sediments have settled out the bottom of the basin holding the sediment, pour back in the storage can. (½ )
  • Press the tie. (½ )                                                                                                                             
  1. (a)Describing any three types of meal service.             *MGN*

            Blue plate service.

  • Food served on an individual plate and the family member can eat anywhere.

 Self Service

  • Different dishes are cooked and placed on the table and the diners serves themselves and eat while either seated at the table or standing.

Family Service

  • Cooked dishes placed on the table and people serve themselves what they want to eat while seated.

Buffet Service

  • Food served on a large table and plates and cutlery are neatly arranged at one end.

            (b)Supporting your answer with your reasons, give a most suitable fabric for an institutions bed

linen.

COTTON FABRIC

  • Its absorbent, cool and comfortable, light and durable.
  • Withstands high temperatures, cheap, attractive. (2 x 2 = 4 mks)

             (c)Give your ways in which scarcity of time would affect a consumer.

  • Deprives consumer from comparative shopping.
  • Prevent consumer from setting the right goals or commodity.
  • Prevents the consumer from purchasing items.                   (4 mks)

            (d)With two specific examples give three uses of permanent stitches.

            -To join two or more pieces of fabric together e.g. Running stitches Back stitches, oversewing     and others.

  • To neaten raw edges to prevent them from fraying and make edges look smart e.g. items, over casting, loop stitches.
  • Decorative stitches meant to add beauty to design e.g loop stitch, chain stitch etc.
  1. (a) Give the systematic order of placing bedding items when preparing a baby’s cot. *MGN*
  • Place the under blanket R.S. up & wide hem towards head side.
  • Place markin tosh in the middle.
  • Place under bed sheet R.S up to cover markin tosh & tuck.
  • Place top blanket R.S down.
  • Place down the sheet over the blanket & tuck both sides.
  • Put the bed spread (bed cover).

(b)Five desirable qualities of ironing board.

  • Height can be adjusted.
  • Board is padded, making ironing easy and comfortable.
  • Ironing board has a heat proof mat attached for placing iron.
  • Most of them are sold with sleeve board for ironing sleeves and children’s garment.
  • Stand steadily on their own.
  • Can be folded easening storage.

            (c)Five characteristics of a well made dart.

  • Should taper gradually to a point.
  • Should be of correct length and width.
  • The stitching line should be straight.
  • Should be firmly secured at the point.
  • – Should be pressed towards the right direction.                   (5 mks)

             (d)Cleaning a hurricane lamp.

  • Protect the working surface.
  • Remove glass and wipe gently with a soft cloth/ tissue.
  • Weep the inside of the metal chimney to remove soot.
  • Trim the wick if necessary.
  • Wipe the burner and other metal parts.
  • Refill the reservoir with enough oil.
  • Wipe off any split paraffin.
  • Replace the glass and keep the lamp ready for use.
  1. (a)Ways in which a lactating mother would improve supply of breast milk to her baby. *MGN*
  • Mother taking in nutritious and adequate fluids for milk production.
  • Eating a well balanced diet but rich in calcium, energy and protein.
  • Adopt a positive attitude towards breast feeding the baby in a relaxed and free atmosphere.
  • Massage and clean breasts with warm water to stimulate milk production.
  • – Avoid stress and stressful situations when feeding the baby.       (5 mks)

        (b)Five points to consider when giving general care to all the clothes.

  • Make fastening secure before they become loose.
  • Strengthen openings at the base so that they do not tear readily.
  • Neaten raw edges if a seam is likely to fray.
  • Sew hanging loops onto jackets, coats and skirts.
  • Keep clothing clean and free from dust e.g. regular washing and dusting.
  • Brush outer garments before putting them away and mend if necessary.
  • Press clothes regularly.
  • Use hangers whenever possible.
  • Remove brooches and other ornaments before putting away clothes.
  • Do not allow perfumes and deodorants harmful to clothes to come into conduct. (5 mks)

            (c)Five rules to observe when fixing fastenings.

  • Must be sewn on double fabric for support and strength.
  • They must be sufficiently distributed.
  • Should be evenly spaced to avoid gaping.
  • Many are sewn on after the opening has been made and pressed.
  • Must be well aligned so that the opening can lie flat when closed.
  • Buttons should not protrude beyond edge of the opening.

       

(d)Five factors that influence consumer buying.

Income limitation

  • If income is low, it is a serious struggle to meet basic necessities without proper planning.

Prices

  • When prices change, the various allocations in a budget are affected.

Substitute goods

  • g. use of butter and margarine interchangeably in order to cut down on cost.

Complementary products.

  • Where one needs to be used with another e.g. a shoe polish and shoe, sugar and bread etc.
  • Limitation of time and energy.
  • Availability of a product within a given time.
  • Availability of product with urban and rural and vice versa.
  • Age of the family.
  • Change in customs and traditions.
  • Social status.

 

 

 

*KKC*

 

  1. Food service. (3 mks)

            – Plate

            – Buffet

            – Family table service.

            – Tray / trolley service.

  1. Interfacing collars. (3 mks)

            – Stiffen.

            – Prevent stretching or sagging.

            – Give body or shape,

            – Increase crease resistance.

            – Obtain a good knife – edge.

  1. Asbestos suitable. (2 mks)

            – Non- inflammable

            – Resistant to chemicals, insects and microbes.

 

  1. Choice of controlling fullness.

            – Effect desired.

            – Type of fabric.

            – Body figure – figure type of person.

  1. Characteristics of a good French Seam. (3 mks)

            – All raw edges closed.

            – Straight stitches.

            – Seam allowance width uniform.

  1. Neatening an open seam. (4 x ½ = 2 mks)

            – Overcastting stitches.

            – Using over lock.

            – Using pinking hears zig zag cuts.

            – Using loop stitches.

  1. Effects of Advertising to a customer.             (3 mks)

            – Entertaining

            – Creates employment of advertising .

            – Creates competition among producers.

            – Information – creates awareness of goods and services to customers.

  1. Darning             (2 mks)

            -Use darning needle for the fabric being darned.

            – Darn on the wrong side.

            – Avoid stretching or pulling fabric while working.

            – Loops of threads should be left.

  1. Choice of colour in a sitting room.

            – Size of room.

            – Effect desired.

            – Personal taste.

            – Orientation of the room.

  1. Rules to observe during stain removal.

            – Removed when still fresh.

            – Identify the kind of stain and type of fabric to get suitable stain remover.

            – For unknown stain start with milder stain removals.

            – Rinse the article well to remove traces of reagent.

            – Work outside towards inside – prevent spreading

 

  1. Packing meals.

            – Each type of food packed separately.

            – Each soups and hot drinks in flasks.

            –  Pack fruit juices in plastic bottles.

            – Salads be packed in polythene bags and plastic containers.

            – Put all foods for the packed meals in a large container such as a bag or plastic basket.

  1. Principles of wise buying.

            – Set goals and priorities.

            – Prepare budget.

            – Suitability of item.

            – Durability of item.

            – Versability of item

            – Attractive in colour and design.

            – Shopping list preparation.

            – Shopping list preparation.

            – Interpret advertisement.

  1. Dangers of late weaning.

            – Child becomes malnourished.

            – Child refuse to accept new foods.

            – Deficiencies due to lack of extra nutrients.

            – Baby growth slow and development.

  1. Salt iodized.

            – Avoid deficiencies 

            – Supply iodine not food in other foods.

  1. Disadvantages of using charcoal.

            – Dirty

            – Not properly burned produce smoke.

            – Not readily available in some areas.

  1. (a) Cotton blood stained sheet.

                        – Soak the sheet in cold water (1) to remove the blood stain.

                        – Wash it thoroughly using friction method in cold water. (1)

                        Procedure for washing

  • Soak in cold water (½) for less than 12 hours.
  • Wash in hot water. (½)

                   Using friction method. (½)

  • Rinse in hot water. (½)
  • Final rinse in cold water. (½)
  • Add jik to the final rinse or laundry blue to brighten the garment or boil it. (1)
  • Iron while still damp with a hot iron.
  • Air (½)
  • Fold and store. (½)                                                (8 mks)
  • Use of curtains.

– To filter light.                                                          1mk for each

– For privacy

– Decorative purposes.                                              

– For comfort

–  For screening widows at night or during the day.

            (c)       Give the correct procedure – Aluminium.

                        – Soak in jik to remove stains. (1 mk)

                        – Wash them using a scoring pad in warm water. (½)

                        – Rinse in warm (½)water one at a time (½)

                        – Final rinse in cold water. (1)

                        – Drip them. (1).

                        – Dry with a piece of clothe. (1).

                        – Store it well (½)                                                                                                       (5 mks)           (d)       SPOTTING – WO                              

                        – Use warm water. (1)

                        – Use a piece of cloth as pad. (1)

                        – Dip in clean soapy water and rub on the stained are hem to remove dirt and other

                      areas. (1)

– Work on all areas with stain (1)

– Air                                                                                                                            (4 mks)

  1. (a) Run and fell seam

                        – Place the fabric together wrong sides facing and fitting matching. Pin and tack along

                        fitting line.                                                                                                                 (1 mk)

  • Remove pins and machine along the fitting line. (½)
  • Remove tacking and press. (½)
  • Trim back turning to 6 mm and front to 12mm. (½)
  • Fold over the front over to the back to form the fell. (1).
  • Press the fall to lie on the back of the garment. (½)
  • Tack and machine close to the fold through the three layers. (1)
  • Remove tacking and press the completed seam. (½)

                        (b)       Functions of tucks.

                        –     Decorative.

  • Serve as styles feature.
  • Used on blouses, night dresses and mothers wear.
  • Children’s garment to give room and take extra lengths on children garment.
  • Reduce fullness.       (4 mks)

            (c)       Making of Gathers

            – Working by Hand Running stitches. (1)

            – Begin with Hand knot to secure the thread then work first row running stitches. (1)

            – Work second row running stitches, 6 mm from the fitting line. 1 mk

            – Leave the thread hangings at the end of the row of running stitches. (1)

            – Work second row of running stitches and leave the thread hangings at the end. 1mk.

            – Pull both the thread ends together to draw up the fabric until the required size is achieved. 1 mk.

– Wind the Hanging threads round a pin, forming a figure 8 and secure the gathers. 1

  1. a)Choosing flowers.

            Choose fresh flowers.            (1)

            Make sure the foliage is clean. (1)

            Avoid choosing flowers in bloom. (1)

            Avoid choosing scented plants (1) because people may be allergic (1).

            Choose a mixture of feat and pointed. (1)                                                   (5 mks)

  1. b)

            Wooden polished table surface.                                                                    (7 mks)

             Dust surface table thoroughly.

            Clean with cloth wrung out (1) warm soapy water with cloth wrung out of clean water. (1)

             Apply polish sparingly on the surface and old piece of cloth. (½)

            Rub in circular movement that overlap. (1). Ensure that it is evenly distributed on the

            surface and no polish is fed into open cracks. (1 mk)

            Shake the spray polish container hold it 6 inches away from the surface and spray sparingly.        Leave it for ten minutes to enable the polish to set for easy  shining  buying immediately.

            Use soft pad to buff in a circular motion.                                                                (4 mks)

            (c)Personal appearance                                                                                                        (4 mks)

            Care of body.

            Wearing clean and appropriate clothes.

            Keep the hair neat and well groomed.

            Use cosmetics, body creams and deodorants properly.

            Use jewelry and accessories properly.

            (d)Child play.                                                                                                             (4 mks)

            Provide plenty of room.

            Allow for independence by encouraging a child to do things.

            Encourages responsibility it is good for every child to have possessions.

            Provide child with play things or tags.

            Parents and older children take some time and play with small children.

            Child should be dressed in clothing which does not restrict playing.

  1. (a) Six points to consider when choosing and preparing weaning foods;-

                        – Balanced with first class protein, milk being the main food.

                        – Food should be easy to chew and digest i.e soft food.

                        – Foods should not be strongly seasoned hence avoid spices in foods.

                        – Fats and oils should be used minimally in their foods.

                        – Scare foods in small quantities.

                        – Foods should be cooked and served in a hygienic (clean) environment.

                        – Milk should be an important part of the diet.

            (b)       Three desirable qualities of deep frying fat.

                        – Should have a pleasant flavor.

                        – Should have a high smoking point.

                        – Should not solidify on cooling.

            (c)       Preserving food:

                        – Stop multiplication of micro-organisms which produce toxins harmful to human

                            health.

                        – Neutralize the action of enzymes which can cause food deterioration.

                        – Make food available for use when out of season.

                        – Stop wastage in bumper harvest when the yields are more than can be consumed.

                        – Maintain freshness and retain nutrients.

                        – Protect it from contamination by bacteria and other disease causing micro-organism.

                        – Retain as many qualities of  fresh food as possible e.g. flavour, colour, texture and

  nutritional value.

            (d)       Dietary needs of an elderly person.

                        – Balanced diet with normal amounts.

                        – Rich in body building foods like vitamins to boost the generating immunity as changes.

                        – Less energy giving foods.

                        – Non-fatty and non-greasy foods as they have weak digestive systems when may not be

                          able   to digest fatty foods.

  • The food should be soft, palatable and easy to chew.
  • Provide foods rich in mineral salts like calcium, phosphorus, iron, iodine and vitamins A, B, C and D to strengthen their softening bones.
  • Serve in small amounts and at regular intervals.

           

 

            *MAT*

  1. List four fat soluble vitamins                                                                                                 *MAT*

Fat soluble vitamins

  1. State two possible causes of anaemia                                                                                 *MAT*
  • Loss of blood (extreme)
  • Chronic malaria
  • Hook worm infestation
  • Lack of iron
  1. Give two points to look for when buying spinach             *MAT*
  • should be form a reputable grocer
  • should be leafy
  1. State two effects of strong heat on proteins             *MAT*
  • Denatures then
  • Hardness them making them indigestible
  1. State two forms in which laundry soap is found in the market                                     *MAT*
  • If food stored can cause food poisoning when contaminated
  • Flavour altered so needs strong flavouring
  • That can be a health hazard
  • Some foods becomes indigestible e.g protein
  • Colour may be lost ways of improving colour must be used.
  1. Give the steps of removing chewing gum stain from a garment                                     *MAT*
  • Use ice cubes / put in freezing coupantment
  • Scraple off the gum
  • Rib bitten/land
  • Use carbon tetrachloride/other grease solvents
  • Wash normally
  1. Mention the three areas (centres of work that make up the work triangle in a kitchen
  • Cooking area
  • Storage area
  • Washing area
  1. Suggest two measures to take immediately nose bleeding occurs
  • Melting person sit down – head slightly raised to prevent blood from flowing down throat.
  • Cooling person with cold wet towel
  1. List two improvised abrasives in the home            
  • Sieved sand
  • Ash
  • Crushed egg shells
  • Couched charcoal
  • Sisal fiber
  1. Identify three tacks that are carried out only during special cleaning of a bedroom
  • Dinign bedding
  • Cleaning the bed; wardrobes chest of drawers and cupboards
  • Changing pillow and sheets
  1. Mention two dangers of heavy smoking during pregnancy
  • Causes underweight babies
  • Causes long disease to mother
  1. Give four methods of advertising
  • Brochures
  • Pamphlets
  • Decoration by promoters
  • Bill boards
  • Mass media
  • Through radio, t.v, newspapers, magazines, journals and books
  • Dealers /agents through displaying products and personnel available to explain to consumers about goods
  • Other consumers and consumer organizations ; one consumer to another/ two consumer organizations that each people on matters concerning goods and services.
  • B.S and government department – can be from different departments that deal some goods.
  1. State two reasons why cotton fabrics are popular for the table linen
  • Its strong and stronger when wet
  • Its water proof
  • Can be mixed with other fibers to lower cost
  • Stands high temperature can be boiled of white to whiter
  1. Give two reasons why silk is expensive
  • Its soft and draper well
  • It has lovely sheen and pleasant be handle
  • Its warm coz it’s a good inoculation in winter and cool in summer.
  • Its elastic so wears well
  • Shreds creates easily so good for travel
  1. State three qualities of a good tape measure                        
  • Should be plastic coated to avoid fraying and stretch and firmly woven.
  • Should have metal ends to keep flat when measuring and prevent fraying.
  • Should clearly marked on both sides of 150cm.
  1. Give three reasons for a needle freaking during machining
  • Beat needle
  • Machining close to zip teeth
  • Needle too fine for work
  • Press foot loose and needle hits its straight stitch foot is used for zigzag
  • Needle not firmly fixed in place
  • Fabric too thick for needle
  1. Give two reasons why press studs are not suitable for use in children’s garments
  • are dangerous children may pluck off loose and swallow them
  • are difficult to fasten
  1. (a) Ways of improving maize meal porridge
    • enriching with milk
    • sweetening with sugar
    • adding a lemon
    • adding an egg

(b) . Precautions to take when using an oven to bake

  • The oven must be preheated before putting in food to bake.
  • Oven and be cleaned and shelves arranged.
  • Over door should not be opened once it makes hot aim to escape and oven all take long to retreat
  • Temp should be lowered when the oven turns slightly brown to enable inside to cook
  • Baking time should be noted to avoid over baking/ under baking.

(c) Factors to look for when selecting a frying pan

  • Should balance well on the cooker and be thick for even distribution of heat
  • Should have a fitting lid
  • Should have a smooth finish
  1. d) To be well moulded and no cracks
  • Uses of carrot in cookery
  • For garnishing
  • For flavouring
  • Enlarge foods e.g when added in meat
  • To improve flavour
  1. (a) Mention four ways of improving maize meal porridge
    • enriching with milk
    • sweetening with sugar
    • adding a lemon
    • adding an egg

            (b) . Explain three Precautions to take when using an oven to bake

  • The oven must be preheated before putting in food to bake.
  • Oven and be cleaned and shelves arranged.
  • Over door should not be opened once it makes hot aim to escape and oven all take long to retreat
  • Temp should be lowered when the oven turns slightly brown to enable inside to cook
  • Baking time should be noted to avoid over baking/ under baking.

            (c) Explain six Factors to look for when selecting a frying pan

  • Should balance well on the cooker and be thick for even distribution of heat
  • Should have a fitting lid
  • Should have a smooth finish

            (d) Explain four To be well moulded and no cracks

  • Uses of carrot in cookery
  • For garnishing
  • For flavouring
  • Enlarge foods e.g when added in meat
  • To improve flavour
  1. (b) procedure of taking the following measurements

            (i) Hips – Tape is place around fullest part between 18cm and 23cm waistline depending on

                     height    of one.

            (ii) Inside warm length

  • From armhole under arm to waist with arm outstretched at an angle of 45o

            (iii)couch

            (c)Using diagram to explain preparation of the collar without interfacing

  • Cut colour and under collar depending on pattern may be with stand or without

 

 

 

 

 

            Transfer pattern markings

  • Place collar on under collar 2.s facing hatch raw edges, fl and notches
  • Pin tuck along fl leaving lower edge where its attached to neckline
  • Remove this machine sides and to edge leaving lower edge unsitched

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Trim and layer seam allowance
  • Lay covered sections of collar and clip pointed edges
  • Neck collar
  • Top stitch round edge for a neat finish and flatness

 

R.s
W.s
Lower edge left free

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) Discuss four Desirable qualities of a good clothes line:
  • Should be firmly held/strong
  • Should not be of a material that stretches
  • Should be strong not ward
  • Smooth not to damage clothes
  • Easy to excel clean and moist all weather conditions

            (b) Explain five ways of disposing refuse in the home

  • Use of dust bins
  • Use of local authority
  • Compost pits
  • Feeding to animals (organic)
  • Using for mulching e.g. organic
  • Burying
  • Burning

            (c) Explain five Factors to consider when selecting an electric iron

  • Should have a thermostat for controlling temperature
  • Should have a insulated long enough flex
  • Should have a plot indicator that shows when current temperature is riched
  • Parts must be firmly fixed with temperature control labeled according to fabric

            (d) Giving a reason in each case, state three factors to consider when wearing a baby

  • Nutritive value of cereals
  • Carbohydrates in endosperm
  • Protein in germ bean and endosperm
  • Fat
  • Mineral salts calcium iron and phosphorous
  • Vitamins
  1. (a) Explain three preparations to make on a sewing machine in readiness to stitching         *MAT*
  • Threading correctly
  • Oiling he machine
  • Putting it at correct tension
  • Regulating the stitch correctly

 

*MUM*

  1. Mention any three classes of stain removers used in laundry work
  • Bleaches
  • Grease solvements
  1. State two uses of facings in garment construction
  • Decorating of edges of garments fabric sections.
  • Strengthening of portions of fabric enabling fiture of fastening e.t.c
  • Neatening raw edges of fabric.
  1. State three uses of eggs in flour mixtures
  • Aeration: Expand with mixture on heating.
  • Liquidisation; Are partially liquid and add this to the mixtures
  • Improve the nutrive value of mixture as are of high biological value.
  • Imbue own unique inherent flavor to mixtures.
  1. Give any two precautions measures to take when using dry cleaning fluid
  • Work in well ventilated rooms to avoid suffocation or poisoning.
  • Keep away from naked flames because it is usually inflammable.
  • Air all dry cleaned articles well to remove traces of fluid and or fumes.
  • Keep away from children as is hazardous in the most.
  1.  What is the cause of swelling of body tissues that is symptomatic of kwashiorkor*MUM*

– The Accumulation of interstitial fluid due to poor cellular metabolism and the lack of protein content.

  1. Name any four common groups of people that are usually affected by anaemia *MUM*
  • Pregnant mothers
  • Women and girls who experience heavy menstrual flows.
  • Poorly nourished children or individuals who don’t get enough supplies of iron their diets.
  • People suffering from hookworm whipworm and other similar parasitic infection
  1. List three functions of water in the bodies of human beings                                
  • forms the matrix in which almost all metabolic reactions take place.
  • Water is required for all bodily fluids e.g digestive juice, blood,lymph, sweat and urine.
  • Keeps the linings of all mucous membranes necessary for absorption and exchanges of elements moist
  • Dissolves nutrients and thus carries and transports them.
  1. Define the term essential Amino acids correctly
  • Amino acids that cannot that be manufactured in the body from its pool of nutrient elements and must be obtained through consumption in food.
  1. Why are there more than usual numbers of Tuberculosis victims in today’s

             societies than in the past (i.e. after the 80’s than before) 

            – the  incidence and prevalence of the HIV/AIDS pandemic in the contemporary diaspora and its  singular effect of destroying or degrading the human immune system has rendered many a victim highly susceptible to infection and disease opportunistically, hence the aggravated onslaught of many of the said infections like Malaria, cancers and thus notably this particular one.

  1. What is the work of a thermostat in an electric iron box
  • It is a bimetallic strip made up of two metals or conductive materials with different rates of expansively, such that when the strip is subjected to an increase in temperature, it bends due to the differential expansion of the parts fused together
  1. What are the following parts of an enclosed drainage system ?

            (a) WATER CLOSET: A toilet or ablution system that consists of manually automated flushing 

process with water kept in a reservoir that employs potential energy to efficiently and effectively    disposes sewage from the toilet pan or bowl below.

(b)MANHOLE: An externally placed lidded pit – junction between two or more drains or sewers that doubles up as an emergency access point through which examination, repair and regulation of the working of the enclosed drainage system is possible.

(c) SEPTIC TANKS: 1. A sewage disposal system usually made up two tanks; of which

  1. The first is the Receptacle of all the wastes from the household, and in which it
  2. separates out into the sludge; that sinks to its bottom compacting there and
  3. the effluent; the liquid part that over flows into the second and is
  4. Either passed off into the surrounding soils ( for soak-pits) or pumped out and

      carried  away for further disposal by tankers to the sewage works.

  1. State three general causes of poor sanitation             *MUM*
  • Carelessness and the lack of objective endevour in environmental hygiene and related practices in the wider community.
  • Poor planning of human settlements and other housing infrastructures in communities.
  • Overpopulation, overcrowding, poverty and general inefficacy and inebriation of personal, social, communal and other entities that exist in this scenario.
  1. Give two advantages of frying as a method of cooking             *MUM*
  • Produces usually very tasty food and foodstuffs.
  • Is usually quick and there saves time in execution.
  • Is consequentially cost effective on fuel.
  • Is relatively simple to execute in comparison with other methods of cooking e.g baking.
  1. State any two common problems that may afflict a pregnancy before its full term *MUM*
  • Malnutrition and lack pf proper food for the  pregnant mother due to unfavourable circumstances that  may be prevalent as is.
  • Illness or disease that may be opportunistic, infective or even hereditary.
  • Psychological or emotional inebriation.
  • Physiological indisposition e.g in the case of underage pregnancies and underdeveloped bodily structures.
  • Trauma from environmental, climatic or sociological disasters.
  • It is decorative and attractive
  • It is strong
  • Breast feeding
  • Immunization at hospital
  1. Give two advantages of using carpets in the home                                                 *MUM*
  • Decorative interiors
  • Protecting floors from damage
  • Keeping rooms cool
  • Keeping rooms clean
  1. State two reasons why wooden surfaces in the home need finishing             *MUM*
  • For decoration and enhancement of appearance
  • For protective covering from adverse effects of the weather
  1. List four points to look for when buying cabbages             *MUM*
  • Buy from a reliable seller
  • Buy in season
  • Avoid shriveled wrinkled ones
  • Prefer heavier samples
  • Avoid those whose leaves are faded
  1. State two measures to take in order to control the incidence of bed sores in bed

ridden invalids                                                                                                           *MUM*

  • Turn the patient over regularly in the bed
  • Turn over the mattress once in a while
  • Provide cushions and rests

 

           

*TNW*

  1. Why figure type is an important factor in choice of clothes
  • So as to choose clothes that can enhance your personal appearance
  1. Need to learn first aid
  • To save life
  • To prevent injury from becoming worse
  • To promote recovery
  • To present the injured to a medical practitioner                                          2×1 = 2 mks
  1. Laundry processes carried out before washing a fast – colored cotton shirt
  • Mending
  • Removal of stains
  • Soaking/ steeping
  • Empting the pockets       2×1 = 2 marks
  1. Difference between tear and wear

            – Wear- thinning or weakening of a section of a garment

            – Tear- A hole found on any part of a garment                                Each 1 mark = total 2 marks

  1. Reasons why steel wool is not suitable for cleaning plastics
  • It removes color of the outside
  • It is difficult to rinse out steel wool particles
  • Steel wool will scratch and roughen the surface
  1. Two main methods of purchasing goods and services in Kenya
  • Cash buying
  • Credit buying       1×2 = 2 marks
  1. Advantages of dry cleaning
  • The solvent used are volatile, they therefore do not wet the garment and make it heavy as water does
  • It is a fast method of cleaning clothes, the solvents evaporate very fast leaving the garment dry
  • The method maintains the shape, size, color and luster of the garment and the fibres in it
  • The method does not demand a lot of energy since is little mechanical rubbing
  1. Ways of minimizing wastage of detergents when washing
  • Using just enough
  • Avoid leaving bar soap in water
  • Do not use too much water
  • Wash many articles using the same water starting with less dirty ones
  • Use of soft water
  • Use of warm water       2×1= 2 marks
  1. Uses of running stitches
  • It is used as a decorative stitch when a contrasting color is used
  • It is a joining stitch       1×2= 2 marks
  1. How to identify warp threads in the absence of the selvedge
  • It is a thicker thread
  • Will not stretch when pulled
  • When the fabric is tagged or jerked, the warp threads produce sharper sound, higher pitch than the weft threads
  • It is a stronger thread       1×2= 2 marks
  1. Factors that make dry meat dry and tough after roasting
  • Meat cut too thin for roasting
  • Heat too fierce or too hot
  • Meat exposed to heat for too long or too low heat
  • Wrong cut of meat used for roasting (tough cuts)
  • Meat not basted or turned during roasting       1×2 = 2 marks

 

  1. Points to bear in mind when making seams on underwear
  • The seam should be flat and comfortable
  • Should be firmly stitched therefore durable
  • Seams should match where they cross
  • Have ever width
  • Accurately made, observing seam allowance and fitting line so that the drape and shape of the garment is maintained                               1×3= 3 marks
  1. Definition of the following terms
  2. i) A course: Is a dish/ dishes eaten as part of a meal
  3. ii) A dessert: A third course in a three course meal                         2 marks

            iii) A cover: A table mat with food items served for one person                                         2 marks

 

 

  1. A flavoring that is suitable for salads
  • Garlic
  • Onions
  • Parsley
  • Lemon       1×1 = 1 mark
  1. Two points to consider when selecting the baby’s layette
  • They should be loose and full so that the baby can be move its arms and legs freely
  • Of soft, light weight material that is easy to wash
  • Cool and warm to wear as needed
  • Easy to put on small babies e.g. skirts and gowns with openings       1×2 = 2 marks
  1. Difference between complementary and supplementary feeding
  2. Why management of fullness is important
  • It gives a good fit
  • It shapes the garment
  • It provides fashion features                                                                         1×3 = 3 marks
  1. Uses of vinegar in cookery
  • As a preservation
  • As a flavoring ½ x2 = 1 mk
  1. a) Dry cleaning a tie
  • Work in a well ventilated room away from the fire ( ½ )
  • Put sufficient dry cleaning solvent in a bowl ( ½ ) shake the tie to remove dust ( ½ )
  • Immerse ( ½ ) in the solvent and clean by kneading and squeezing ( ½) quickly to save the solvent from loss through evaporation ( ½ )
  • Squeeze out as much as possible ( ½ )
  • Hang out to dry in an open place ( ½ )
  • Leave the solvent in a covered bowl for dirt to settle then decant into a bottle for other use. Discard the dirt ( ½ )
  • Press ( ½ ) with a warm iron ( ½ )       5 marks
  1. b) Finish a cotton shirt
  • Sprinkle water and roll
  • Iron while damp
  • Iron double parts first on the w.s
  • Turn to the R.S and iron the skirt away from the worker
  • Air
  • Fold and store       5 marks
  1. c) CLEAN THE LEATHER BAG
  • Cover the working surface
  • Dry dust to remove loose dirt
  • Clean using warm soapy water and a piece of cloth both inside and outside
  • Wipe with a damp cloth wrung out of clean water
  • Dry with a dry cloth both inside and outside
  • Air it under the shade       1×5= 5 marks
  1. d) CLEAN A PAIR OF SLIPPERS
  • Remove any loose dirt
  • Use warm soapy water with a disinfectant
  • Scrub to remove fixed dirt using a soft brush
  • Rinse in warm water
  • Wipe dry using a clean cloth and put away
  • Clear up       1×5 = 5 marks

 

  1. a) Changes that take place in a dough during frying mandazi
  • Color changes from original color to brown when exposed to hot oil
  • The mixture becomes porous due to expansion of air
  • The outside becomes porous due to expansion of air
  • The outside becomes crisp because of lack of starch granules (dextrin)
  • The size/ volume increases due to expansion of air
  • The mandazi becomes easily digestible because the starch granules are cooked    1×6 = 6 marks

 

  1. b) Four faults in cooking of mandazi
  • Burning on the outside before the inside
  • Excessive hollowness
  • Heavy texture due to lack of enough raising agent
  • Sogginess due to low temperatures       1×4= 4 marks
  1. c) Four nutritional needs of an adolescent
  • They need a balanced diet with plenty of proteins, minerals e.g. iron, calcium, phosphorous and vitamin C
  • Girls require additional supply of iron to compensate for the amount lost during menstruation
  • Include fatty foods to reduce the bulk of the food consumed e.g. bread and butter
  • Give adequate amount of food as teenagers have healthy appetite
  • Meals should be regular and be served attractively
  • Provide plenty of fresh vegetables and fresh fruits for roughage
  • Fluids should be included for compensation lost water during activities
  • Energy giving foods should be included because they are very active ½ x4 = 8 marks
  1. d) Four qualities of a well made vegetable salad
  • The vegetables should be fresh
  • They should be attractive
  • They should have different nutrients
  • They should be greased to stop oxidation
  • It should be made of different types f vegetables
  • Vary in texture ½ x4 = 2 marks

 

  1. a) Three points to consider when using a sewing machine
  • Ensure that there is good light to avoid straining the eyes and ensure adequate visibility
  • Ensure that machine is correctly threaded for efficiency in stitch formation’
  • Use appropriate needle for the fabric, the needle should be sharp to achieve good stitchery
  • Ensure that the correct stitches are set for the right stitch length and tension to work out good stitches
  • Test the machine before actual stitching to avoid handling the work
  • Ensure the work is guided through machine       1×6 = 6 marks

 

  1. b) Six stitches used during the blouse/ skirt construction
  • Tailors tacking/ thread marking
  • Even tacking/ long tacking
  • Machine stitches
  • Hemming stitches
  • Running stitches
  • Basting stitches ½ x 6 = 3 marks
  1. c) Five points to observe when laying pattern pieces onto the fabric and cutting out
  • Ensure the pattern pieces are smooth and flat for accuracy
  • Ensure all the pattern pieces required for the garment are available
  • Plan a rough layout using the provided layout for the width at the fabric before pinning to ensure that the fabric is enough
  • Pins should not be sticking out to avoid damaging the scissors
  • The fabric should be grained for straight edges                   1×5= 5 marks

 

  1. d) The procedure in preparation of around patch pocket ready for attaching
  • Neaten the top edge ( ½ ) of the pocket fold the hem ( ½ ) along the hemline ( ½ ) to the R.S ( ½ ) of the pocket
  • Stitch ( ½ ) the pocket along the stitching line ( ½ ) to fix hem in position
  • Trim the corners ( ½ ) of the hem to reduce bulkiness ( ½ )
  • Turn the hem to W.S ( ½ ) along stitching line
  • Snip/ notch ( ½ ) the turnings of the curves ( ½ )
  • Fold the edges ( ½ ) of the pocket along the stitching line

 

  1. a) Two positive and two negative effects of advertisements
  2. i) Positive effects

                        – Makes consumers aware of goods and services, which improve or add to their life style

                               by providing greater efficiency or pleasure

                        – Consumers are able to choose what they want                                                      2 marks

 

  1. ii) Negative effects
  • Consumers may be misled to prefer a product of low quality to one of high quality which is advertised less
  • Consumers bear the cost of advertising because the final price of the commodity is increased to cover the cost
  • Adverts sometimes appeals to the emotions and thus influences consumer psychologically

 

 

  1. b) Precautions one would take when using kerosene
  • Reservoir should never be empty to prevent rusting
  • Do not overfill to avoid spills
  • Ensure lamps are replaced on flat and stable surfaces during use and storage to prevent spills
  • Do not light them near flammable substances e.g. textile materials, flammable liquids
  • Keep them out of reach of children to avoid accidents
  • Ensure flame is not too high to prevent production of smoke and soot
  • Handle them carefully to prevent falls- glass might break       1×4= 4 marks

 

  1. c) Five advantages of breast feeding
  • Breast milk is at the right temperature
  • It contains all the nutrients needed in the right proportion
  • It is clean and free from contaminator
  • It does not need any preparation
  • It is available all the time
  • Improves the bond between mother and child
  • Assists the mothers uterus to turn to normal size and position       1×5 = 5 marks

 

  1. d) Five problems related to weaning
  • The baby’s digestive system is not able to process the new foods leading to stomach upsets
  • Late weaning may lead to malnutrition due to shortages of nutrients with age
  • The weaning diet adopted may have too much fat and carbohydrate leading to obesity
  • Unhygienic handling of food and feeding equipment may lead to diseases such as diarrhea and cholera
  • The weaned baby is exposed to allergies from different foods 1×5=5 marks

 

  1. e) Reasons for labeling products
  • Provide a products name
  • Provides the name of the manufacture
  • Gives information on the product e.g. ingredients, instructions for use, manufacturing and expiry dates
  • Enables the consumers to recognize the product       1×2=2 marks

 

           

            *NDW*

  1. State the importance of sebaceous glands in relation to a healthy skin (1mk)
  • Secrete an oily substance called sebum that keeps the skin oily preventing it from becoming dry,

      Scaly and from cracking

  • Sebum makes the skin water proof and destroys  micro-organism
  1. State two qualities that make aluminium popular for household utensils (2mks)
  • Shinning in appearance
  • Light in weight
  • Does not rust
  • Good conductor of heat
  • Cheap
  • Does not react with food to form poisonous substances
  • Easy to clean
  • Easy to care for
  1. Give a reason why nylon is unsuitable for sports wears (1mk)
  • Non-absorbent
  • Produce static electricity therefore it clings to the body
  • Does not conduct heat therefore it is not warm
  • Damaged by heat therefore cannot be foiled to remove stains and brighten colour
  1. Mention two uses of dhania (coriander) leaves in cookery (2mks)
  • To improve flavour
  • As a garnish
  1. Mention two advantages of blending cotton and nylon fibers (2mks)
  • When cotton is blended with nylon fibers it be comes more crease resistant
  • When nylon is blended with cotton fibers it  increase resistance to abrasion
  1. State any two reasons why a child’s growth monitoring is important (2mks)
  • Monitoring a child’s growth by weight for age is an immediate indicator of normal or abnormal growth
  • Monitoring a child’s growth by means of height  for age  helps  to determine  if the child is standard or is getting too tall
  • If  the growth  is  too fast or  too  slow  for  the age the  health  clinic officers  should suggest measures  to correct it  to  avoid  an obese or  underdeveloped child

 

  1. Four laundry processes that are harmful to woolen fibres and the harms they cause are; (2mks)
  • Soaking-causes wool to shrink and weaken
  • Rubbing/fiction washing stretching of wool
  • Starching-causes hardening and breaking of wool fibres
  • Ironing-causes stretching and produces shinning patches on the garment
  • Airing by hanging causes
  • Drying wool in the sun-causes hardening and breaking of wool
  • Washing in hot water-causes wool to shrink harden, and crease
  • Rinsing in cold water-causes wool to felt and matt

 

  1. three ways of providing variety in meal planning and management (3mks)
  • Variety in colour-choose interesting colour combination
  • Texture-variety in texture e.g. crispy, crunching and tender
  • Flavours-variety of flavours e.g. salty, sweet, plain flat aromatic
  1. two factors to consider when choosing where to buy vegetables (2mks)
  • Availability of vegetables
  • Variety of vegetables required
  • Availability of transport
  • Money   available
  • Hygienic conditions of the place
  • Fresh vegetable
  • The price of vegetable should be affordable
  1. Give two qualities of a good advertisement (2mks)
  • Message should be clear
  • It should attract consumers
  • It should be brief
  1. three ways of economizing fuel when using electricity for cooking (3mks)
  • Soaking food that takes long to cook
  • Use energy devices e.g. pressure cooker
  • Use of energy only when required i.e. Electric power should be switched off when not in use
  • Use utensils that fit the entire cooking unit for electricity etc
  • Plan your activities such as cooking and ironing in such a way that conservation of energy is maximized
  • Covering cooking pots with well fitting lids
  • Electrical appliances should be well taken care  of so that they  work efficiently

 

  1. two reasons for using interfacing during garment construction (2mks)
  • Give body or shape to the garment
  • Stiffening to add firmness
  • Prevent stretching or sagging
  • Obtain a good knife edge
  • Give a   crisp tailored look to the area applied
  • Increase crease resistance

13 three methods of finishing the edges of sleeves other than using a cuff                  (3mks)

  • Facing
  • Binding
  • Lace
  • Frills
  • Piping
  • Hemming/shell hemming
  1. State three reasons for labeling products in a factory (3mks)
  • Provide a product name
  • Provide the name of the manufacturer and contact
  • Provide information on the products; its ingredients, quality, instructions for use, manufacturing and expiry date.
  • For recognition by consumer.

 

  1. Two precautions to be taken to prevent bed sores when taking care of a sick persons at home

      -Turn the patient more often to change positions

  • Massage hip and back muscles
  • Ensure beddings are dry all the time
  • Check them for bed sores often
  1. List two uses of lamp shades (2mks)
  • Add to interior decoration
  • Helps  to  avoid glare
  1. State two factors to consider when planning lighting for various rooms in the home (2mks)
  • Purpose of the room
  • Size of the room
  • Existing colour scheme

 

  1. Differentiate between advancing and receeding colours (2mks)
  • Advancing colours-colours that make a room or a figure appear larger
  • Receeding-colours that make a room or a figure appear smaller
  1. Give two reasons why most women in the rural areas are less groomed (2mks)
  • They lack exposure
  • Environment in which they live in may not promote the art of good grooming
  • They have low income and lack of proper education to utilize the little resources they have
  • The kind of jobs they are involved in may not permit the exact art of grooming
  • Lack of clean water and cleaning materials

20 a) Describe the correct procedure of laundering a nylon dress                                                   (8mks)

  • Soak( ½ )in cold water( ½ )for a  short  time
  • Wash in  warm soapy  water( ½ )using kneading and  squeezing methods(1mk)
  • Rinse severally in warm water( ½ )
  • Rinse in  cold water( ½ )
  • Add fabric conditioner in  the final cold  rinse( ½ )
  • Drip dry( ½ )in the shade( ½ )
  • Iron( ½ )using warm iron( ½ )
  • Air  to dry  completely( ½ )
  • Fold( ½ )and store in a clean dry place( ½ )
  1. b) Describe the correct procedure of cleaning white canvas shoes without shoe laces (7mks)
  • Dust them to remove loose dirt or remove mud  if  any(1mk)
  • Dash in warm  soapy water( ½ )and scrub with a scrubbing brush( ½ )clean  the inside( ½ )as well as  the  outside( ½ )
  • Rinse in warm water( ½ )
  • Final  rinse  in cold water( ½ )
  • Shake to remove excess water( ½ )
  • Dry( ½ ) by tilting  them  against  the wall/ stone under  the sun( ½ )
  • Apply white polish ( ½ ) while still damp ( ½ ) and leave to dry. use a  clean  dry duster to remove/wipe off excess polish( ½ )
  • Store in a cool dry place( ½ )
  1. c) Give the correct procedure of cleaning two aluminium cups (5mks)
  • Rinse in  clean water
  • Wash  one at a  time in warm soapy water  using a  mild abrasive
  • Rinse in warm water
  • Rinse in cold water
  • Wipe  to dry or drip on a rack then dry later

21 a) Mention two uses of butter in the home                                                                                (2mks)

  • Gives a delicious flavour in cakes and sauces
  • Soften  cakes and baked items
  • Enriches food  e.g. babies  food
  • Greasing baking vessels
  1. b) Identify four major nutrients found in butter   
  • Energy
  • Vitamin A
  • Vitamin D
  • Fats
  1. c) i)Describe four changes that take place when heating butter                                                            
  • Melts
  • Changes  from  solid  to liquid
  • Burns  and produces  smoke
  • Turns brown
  • Finally turns black
  1. ii) Name four main groups of fats giving an example for each
  • Animal fats e.g.  cow fats, butter
  • Vegetable fats e.g. salad oil, margarine, palm
  • Solid fats-solid room temperature e.g. margarine
  • Oils liquid  at room temperature e.g. Elianto
  1. d) Explain three considerations to make when selecting a storage facility for butter (6mks)

 

  1. a) Four tests undertaken at the clinic to an expectant mother in the first month of pregnancy   Establish blood group
  • Weight
  • Pregnancy test
  • Establish level of iron in blood to determine whether there is need to administer pills or not.
  • Checking sugar and proteins in urine to ensure the uterus gets the normal flow of blood.      b) Describe two supplementary foods for a baby                                                                    (2mks)
  • Those which provide vitamin C e.g. Orange juice
  • Those which provide vitamin D e.g. Cod liver oil

 

  1. c) Explain two benefits of supplementary food (4mks)
  • It helps meet the nutritional needs of the growing baby, because their nutritional requirement has increased
  • To substitute breast milk which may not meet all the nutritional needs of the baby.
  1. d) i)Explain four reasons why  a mother may be unable to breast feed
  • Being away from the baby because of work. This reduces feeding time.
  • Sickness, where the mother is too weak to breastfeed or is admitted to hospital or is taking medicine that can harm the baby.
  • Multiple births; a mother who gives  birth to twins or triplets may not be able to adequately breastfeed all the babies
  • Successive births-A baby born before the older one has finished breastfeeding may cause the mother to stop breast feeding the older one in order to carter for the younger one.
  1. ii) Explain four points on care of play items (2mks)
  • Keep clean according to type.
  • Store in clean places after play.
  • Wash the washable ones to ensure that the baby handles them when clean.
  • Assemble the dismantled ones and repair the broken ones in time.

 

23 a) Explain four properties of viscose rayon which are undesirable                                       (8mks)

  • Creases badly, so needs a lot of ironing.
  • Flammable and can get burnt easily.
  • Develops mildew when left wet.
  • Yellows and rots when exposed to sunlight for long periods.
  • Its weaker when wet than dry so can get torn easily.
  1. b) Suggest four features that can be used to finish a nigh dress decoratively (4mks)
  • Use of lace
  • Bias binding
  • Embroidery stitches
  • Frill
  1. c) Give three reasons for ironing a night dress during construction                                    (3mks)
  • Ensure seams are flat on attaching
  • Ensure parts are attached flat
  • Produce a neat article.

   

 

  1. d) Explain five desirable qualities of an iron box (5mks)
  • Made of non rusting material
  • Medium weight.
  • Smooth soul.
  • Pointed toe to reach fullness.
  • If electric, should be thermostatic i.e. control heat automatically.

 

*RCH*

  1. A,D,E and K (any 4x ½ =2mks)
  2. List four causes of anaemia
  • Iron  deficiency
  • Worm infestation
  • Chronic  malaria
  • Excessive  bleeding  due to accidents  etc
  • Hookworm infestation (any 4x ½ =2mks)
  1. State two points to look for when buying spinach
  • Should  be  fresh
  • Examine well for  grubs  and insects (any 2×1=2mks)
  1. Give two forms in which laundry soap is available in the market
  • Bar  soap/had  soap
  • Soap flakes
  • Soap power
  • Disinfectant  or  antiseptic  soap
  • Liquid  soap
  • Toilet soap
  • Toilet soap (any 2×1=2mks)
  1. State two advantages of using firewood as a fuel for cooking
  • It is  cheap
  • It is  locally  available
  • Can  be  used  both for  cooking, warming  and  lighting  especially camp fires (any 2×1=2mks)
  1. Identify two ways of storing dressmakers pins
  • Using a  in  cushion
  • Using a metal plastic  set
  • Using  pin  wheel (any 2×1=2mks)

 

  1. Give four special points to note when washing babies clothes
  • Use  mild  detergent
  • Use  fabric  conditioner  in final  rinsing water  to  soften garment
  • Rinse  severally  to ensure  complete removal of  detergents  and  laundry  agents  which  may  cause harm to the  baby’s delicate  skin
  • Disinfectant occasionally  to  kill germs
  • Dry  whites in  direct  sunlight  for  further  whitening (any 4×1=4mks)

 

  1. State two measures taken immediately nose bleeding occurs
  • Let  the persons  sit  down with he  slightly  raised to prevent  the  blood  from floming down  the  throat
  • Plug  nostril  for about  15seconds,making  the  person  to breath through  the mouth
  • Cool the  face  with a cold  wet towel
  • Repeat the  treatment  for  another  15minutes  if  bleeching  does  not  stop
  • Encourage  the  person to spit  out  any  blood  that  flows  into the month
  • If bleeding  persist seek  mechanical  assistant (any2x1=2mks)

 

  1. Name two improvised abrasives in the home
  • Charcoal
  • Ash
  • Sand
  • Rough  leaves
  • Sisal
  • Egg  shells
  • Maize  cobs  (2×1=2mks)

 

  1. State two points to consider when choosing a refrigerator
  • Needs  of the  family
  • Ease of use
  • Type of  fuel
  • Size
  • Cost  or  affordability
  • Efficiency
  • Space available  for  storage (any 2×1=2mks)                                                                   
  1. Name four methods of advertising
  • Mass  media
  • Pamphlets/brochures/magazines/newspapers/promotions/sales
  • Packing
  • Posters
  • Billboards(any 4x ½ =2mks)                                                                                                          
  1. Give two reasons why cotton is popular for table linens
  • They  are easy  to  launder
  • Are strong
  • Can  withstand  extremes of  temperatures/can  be  boiled
  • Can  withstand frequent washing (any 2×1=2mks)                                                                       
  1. Give two ways by which HIV/AIDS is transmitted
  • Through transfusion with  HIV  infected blood
  • Co-genital  infection by  an infected mother
  • Use of  unsterilized  infected  equipment
  • Having intercourse with an infected person (any 2×1=2mks)                                                                              
  1. Mention four conditions necessary for growth of micro organism
  • Warmth
  • Moisture
  • Darkness
  • Dirt (any 4x ½ =2mks)                                                         
  1. Give four factors to consider when renting a house
  • The family income
  • Size  of the  family
  • Composition of the family
  • Place  of work and  school
  • Social amenities (any 4x ½ =2mks)                                                                             
  1. Give four examples of air pollutants
  • Smoke  from  any burning
  • Dust  blown  by   the wind
  • Bacteria released  in to  the air  by infected  people
  • Exhaust  fumes from vehicles and  aircrafts  which  produces CO4
  • Cleansing  agents
  • Natural pollutants such  as pollen from flowering  plants
  • Insecticides  and pesticides used to control insects and pests
  • Hair  and  body sprays (any 4x ½ =2mks)                                                                                       
  1. State two symptoms of food poisoning
  • Vomiting
  • Severe stomachache
  • Burning sensation in the  stomach
  • Dizziness
  • Diarrhea
  • Fever
  • General body weakness (any 2×1=2mks)                                                                             
  1. Give two ways to ensure variety in meal presentation
  • Colour  variation
  • Texture  variation
  • Flavour  variation (any 2×1=2mks)                                                                         
  1. Give two ways of avoiding impulse buying
  • Budgeting
  • Having  a shopping list  any time  you go shopping and  ensuring you stick to it
  • Carry  just  enough  money to  shop-avoid having a lot of extra-money  (any 2×1=2mks)
  1. Suggest two important ways of using mineral fibres in clothing                                    
  • Used  as  overalls by fire fighters
  • For  theatre curtains (any 2×1=2mks)

21.your  mother is sick and has  asked  you  to assist  her with  house work

  1. a) Suggest how you would launder her loose coloured Khangal leso (10mks)
  • do not  soak ½
  • wash very fast ½  in warm ½  soapy water ½ . wash  using  kneading ½  and  squeezing  method
  • do  not ring ½
  • rinse  in clean  warm  water ½
  • final rinse in cold ½  water to which salt (1)has been added to fix  colour  and  some vinegar (1)to  brighten
  • flat  dry under  the  shade ½
  • iron while still slightly  damp using  a  warm iron ½
  • air  to  remove excess moisture ½
  • store appropriately ½
  1. b) Suggest how you would clean an aluminium sufuria used to prepare her breakfast                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
  • wash in hot ½  soapy ½  water
  • rub  any  strains with   nylon  scouring  pad or  steel wool ½
  • work thoroughly  in clean  hot  water to remove all soap  and dirt ½
  • dry  well ½
  • store  appropriately ½  (3×1=3mks)
  1. c) Say how you would clean a cemented kitchen floor                        
  • remove light  furniture ½
  • sweep floor and  dispose  of the dirt .dust  the  skirting  board ½
  • use warm soapy  water a hard scrubbing brush  to  scrub  the floor starting  from the furthest end  in  small  sections including  the skirting board. Ensure  you  are  circular motions ½
  • wipe with a clean  cloth  or a mop  wrung  out  of warm water ½
  • repeat until the  room  is  complete ½
  • dry thoroughly with a floor cloth  or a  dry  mop
  • rearrange furniture
  • clean equipment used  and  store appropriately ½  (7mks)

22.a)outline the points  to consider  when planning  meals for a vegetarian                                           

  • Should be balanced
  • Use  vegetable  fats and  oil  in the  preparation
  • Vary  foods  cooked to avoid  monotony
  • Season meats  well  to make  it  tasty
  • Include a  good amount  of vegetables  to provide  the   would be  omitted  nutrients
  • Egg  dishes  milk and cheese in addition to  pulses  should  be provided(for  lacto- vegetarian) (any5x1=5mks)
  1. b) Rough puff pastry has a well defined layers divided by air space ad should be very light. State

        the four factors that its success depends on                                                   

  • sift  flour  and  salt together
  • rub  in  fat  very  lightly into  the  flour  and  salt mixture
  • keep it  as  cool  as possible  during  preparation  so that  on cooking, gases  expand as much  as  possible  giving  light  results
  • use a  mixture  of  land  and  margarine for  better results
  • roll lightly  in a highly  floured  surface  with  light short and  forward strokes
  • bake  in a fairly hot over (any 4×1=4mks)
  1. c) Outline the qualities of a good cloth storage facility                                                                                   
  • should  be  lockable
  • should have  adequate  deep drawers  which should  shide  with  ease
  • rod  for  hangers  in the  wardrobe  should  be  strong enough  be bear the  weight  of  clothes
  • should  be  clean and  dry  and  have  smooth surface    which  are  easy  to clean
  • should be  strong and  durable  with  enough  storage  space
  • hangers  should  be  smooth and  durable (any 6×1=6mks)

 

  1. d) Explain how kitchen waste contributes to environmental pollution (5mks)
  • bad  smell
  • garbage  especially is carelessly damped
  • can be health hazard if  carelessly  damped into  water bodies

 

23.a)Explain  five   points  to consider when weaning a baby                                                      (10mks)

  • Introduce new  foods  gradually .one  food  at a time  to  give  the baby time to be come familiar  with the food before  giving  another
  • Start  by giving  small portions  and increase  as  you  absence the baby’s  reaction
  • Don’t  force  the  baby’s  to  eat  food  they are  not interested in stop  and try again  later.
  • Feed  from a  cup  using a  spoon
  • Sterilize all  feeding equipment by  boiling
  • First food  should  be very  soft  and  become  a less  soft as  the baby grows
  • Once the baby  accepts a  new food, give  it fairly frequently  so that it  be comes familiar  then gradually  increase amount  offered
  • Give food  after breastfeeding
  • Ensure  that  milk  continue  to be a  major  part  of the diet
  • Prepare foods  hygienically
  • Allow the  child  to handle  food  and  feeding  equipment (any 5×1=5mks)

 

  1. b) List five points to look for when choosing a toy for a child                        
  • should  be  attractive
  • must  be  durable to last  long
  • must be  appropriate  for age  and sex
  • shouldn’t  be easy  to  dismantle because the child  could  put it in  the mount
  • safe  to use i.e. doesn’t  contain poisonous  substance
  • should  be big  enough so the  child  cannot swallow
  • shouldn’t  be sharp  which  can injure  the  child
  • should be easy to  clean (any 5×1=5mks)

    

  1. c) Discuss five problems related to weaning a baby (5mks)
  • too early weaning
  • too  late  weaning
  • the diet  may  be too fatty  and rich in  carbohydrates leading to obesity poor muscle development  and  low  resistance to  infections
  • unhygienic  handling  of  feeding  equipment  leads too  disease  e.g.  diarrhea
  • bonding between mother  and baby is interfered  with since a baby  who is weaned can be  fed  by  any  other person
  • the baby is expected  to allergies from different foods
  • learning to use the  feeding  equipment may cause  distress to the baby.

24.a)State two main nutrients found  in each of the following foods

  1. i) Beans-carbohydrates and protein
  2. ii) Kales-minerals salt and vitamins

        iii)Wheat-carbohydrate  and  proteins

 

  1. b) Discuss the importance of repairing garments                                                        
  • to retain smartness/enhancing  good  grooming
  • to prevent further tear especially during  laundry
  • in order not to expose  the  parts  of  the body they  cover
  • to make  clothes last  long (any 5×1=5mks)

 

    

  1. c) With the aid at east one well labelled diagram explain how to work a single pointed dart (6mks)
  • fold the  dart  along  the  fold  line  so that the  fitting  lines are matching
  • pin  and  tack from the  wider  and tapering  to the  point  to hold  the two  layers  of fabric firmly
  • remove pins and machines  along  the tacking line  from the  wider  end  to the tapering end  at a  point
  • secure  stitching at the  point  by

          -stitching backwards-0.5cm

          -threading both stitching thread in a needle and concealing them in the fold or wearing

            a few stitches

  • Press waist and shoulder darts to either (CF) or (CB) and underarm  darts  downwards.

 

 

 

  1. d) State three importance of meal planning             (3mks)
  • it ensures  that  meals  are

         i)adequate  for the family  members  and  meet their  individual  preferences

         ii)balanced  to meet  dietary requirements of  all the  family members  such  as  children,

            the elders, adolescents and the  sick

  • presented and served attractively  to stimulate appetite and enjoyment (any 3×1=3mks)

 

                       

 

*KKE*

1.

  • It will prevent an individual from getting irritation and damage of the skin
  • To prevent an artificial look

2

  • To ensure good health by keeping away harmful; micro- organisms
  • To ensure original appearance of surface is retained/ surface free from stains remain attractive and in good condition
  • To ensure maintenance cost is retained 
  1. Drainage – System of getting id of waste water, run off and sewage from house or building

    Refuse disposal – It is getting rid of rubbish or waste matter from a house

                                                                                                            Give 1 mk for each well defined

 

4.

  • To help retain colour
  • Reduce bulk
  • Retain nutrients
  • Retain flavour

5.

6.

  • Maintain high standards of cleanliness to contain infection by insects and other pests
  • Ensure the house is well lit
  • Beddings should be changed regularly and be properly aired
  • Use of insecticides
  • Sleeping under nets
  • Draining stagnant water
  • Clear the bushes around the home

7.

  • To neaten raw edges
  • To decorate the garment
  • To shape and give body where applied
  • To provide enough thickness for attaching fasteners
  • To give strength to withstand strain

8.

  • Drought
  • Scarcity
  • Transportation cost
  • Tastes/ fashion
  • A lot of money in circulation

9.

  • Store in cool dry conditions
  • Away from chemicals
  • Cover it properly during storage
  • Store in clean conditions

10.

  • Knife
  • Potatoe peelers
  • Spalular
  • Forks
  • Spoons
  • Graters                                                                                                                                               1×2=2mks

11.

  • Excretion of wastes materials from the kidney and in sweat
  • Maintaining body temperature by perspiration
  • Aiding the digestion and absorption of food
  • The formation of all body fluids

12.

  • Use the correct method of cooking as per cut of beef to preserve nutrients
  • Take correct precautions to ensure food hygiene
  • Use correct temperature during its cooking to prevent denaturing of proteins and loss of other nutrients
  • Use correct time for cooking as required for the method chosen

13.

  • Balanced food provided plenty of proteins, minerals, salts such as iron, calcium, phosphorous and vitamin C
  • Include plenty of energy rich foods to reduce the bulk of food consumed e.g. bread with butter, rice starch and vegetables
  • Serve adequate amount of food as teenagers have healthy appetite
  • Serve regularly and attractively

14.

  • The strong flavour is disguising
  • Its yellowing effect is undesirable

15.

  • Making into jam
  • Canning/ bottling
  • Store in a cool and well ventilated area
  • Drying
  • Salting/ sugar
  • Smoking

16.

  • Ready to serve e.g. bread, cakes, ice cream
  • Partially prepared – require minimal preparation and coking e.g. dehydrated soups
  • Foods that are prepared and ready to cook e.g. cake mix

17.

  • Skipping stitches
  • Uneven stitch length
  • No movement of fabric

18.

  • It can withstand high temperatures
  • Can be boiled to disinfect and remove stain
  • It is absorbent and less fluffy thus suitable for drying glass utensils
  • It is strong thus withstands frequent washing

19.

  • Should have mitred corners
  • Have mouth reinforced
  • Fix hem using appropriate stitches

20.

21.

  • Soak ( ½ ) in cold ( ½ ) water for at least 30 mins
  • Wring out of soaking (1) water
  • Wash in hot (1) soapy water ( ½ ) using friction method (v)
  • Rinse in warm water ( ½ )
  • Final rinse in cold ( ½ ) water in which a disinfectant(1) is added
  • Drip dry (1) in the sun ( ½ ) secure with pegs

FINISHING

  • Dampen ( ½ ) by sprinkling warm water (1) roll ( ½ ) and leave for a while
  • Iron ( ½ ) double part ( ½ ) on WS ( ½ )
  • The whole surface ( ½ ) on the WS away from the worker (1)
  • Air ( ½ ) and fold
  • Clear up
  1. b)
  • Clean in warm (1) soapy (1) water (1) with sisal fibre/ sponge/ clothe(1)
  • Disinfect with a suitable disinfectant e.g. vim (1)
  • Rinse (1) severally in cold ( ½ ) clean water
  • Dry ( ½ ) thoroughly using a dry cloth
  1. Some foods are cooked with seasoned flour or milk, eggs, wheat flour

      Bread crumbs and eggs or melted margarine, butter

            b)

  • Garnishing/ decorating food property
  • Serving food on clean plates/ bowls
  • Use various/ varied cooking bowls
  • Use clean or well ironed table linen
  • Good flower arrangement/ centerpiece
  • Use of menu cards
  1. c)
  • Cut into thin strips
  • Dry on a tray covered with a thin cloth netting nustiline/ wire mesh
  • Place it away from reach of animals and children
  • Can be dried in a cage

 

d)

  • Provide a well balanced diet with normal amount of Vitamin and mineral to improve the immune system
  • Provide food rich in calcium, phosphorous, iron, iodine and vitamin A, B, C and D, protein for repair of body tissues and less carbohydrates and fats because they are not very active
  • Avoid fatty and greasy foods for easy digestion
  • Ensure the foods are soft and easy to chew
  • Consider likes and dislikes to ensure they eat what is presented to them’
  • Ensure good seasoning and attractive serving to attract and stimulate appetite

23.

  • Tailors tucks
  • Use of tracing wheel and carbon paper
  • Use of tailors chalk
  • Long and short tacking
  • Thread marking
  1. b)
  • Caters for those who lack funds for hospitalization
  • Elderly people prefer to be nursed at home in a familiar environment not surrounded by strangers
  • It is cheap especially for illness that is not life threatening like minor wounds/ terminal cases
  • It is suitable for lactating mothers so as not to expose their babies to a hospital environment
  • Patients receive emotional support from family members

c)

  • Stain should be removed when they are still fresh
  • Reason: They get fixed when old and become difficult and expensive to remove
  • Identify the kind of stain and type of fabric affect: in order to use a suitable stain remover
  • If the composition of the stain is unknown start with a milder removal method followed by mildies reagents to avoid damaging the fabric
  • After stain is removed rinse the article well Reason: To remove traces of reagents
  • Work from outside towards when removing stain Reason: To avoid spreading the stain 
  1. a) Physical development – A child’s muscles develop through running
  2. b) social development – A child learns to co-operate with play mates and observe the rules of

               the game and make friends

  1. c) Mental development- A child learns how to put similar things together, model colour or

               paint and construct patterns

  1. b)
  • Both cuff and under cuff should be of the same size
  • The width should be even on both the cuff and the under cuff
  • The cuff should be flat
  • The cuff should be of right proportion to the rest of the garment
  • The cuff should fit the weave well
  1. c)
  • Place raw edges together ( ½ ) wrong sides facing
  • Pin tack and machine ½ stitch 1.5cm from edge or along the fitting line ( ½ )
  • Trim ( ½ ) both seam allowance to allow 1.2cm( ½ )from front 6mm ( ½ ) on the back
  • Fold ( ½ ) front turning over back turning from a fell
  • Press/ crease the turning in position ( ½ )
  • Pin/ tack and machine stitch ( ½ ) close to the fold ( ½ )
  • Remove tackings and press (½ ) 

d)

  • Dust (½ ) with a dry duster ( ½ ) to remove loose dirt
  • Clean (½ ) using warm soapy water ( ½ )  and scrubbing brush ( ½ )
  • Scrub in direction of the grain ( ½ ) ensure overlapping ( ½ ) the surface previously cleaned
  • Wipe ( ½ ) with a duster wrung out of soapy water ( ½ )
  • Clean ( ½ ) under pants ( ½ ) and legs ( ½ )
  • Rinse ( ½ 0 with a cloth wrung out of clean water
  • Dry ( ½ ) with a cloth well rinsed and wrung out
  •  

 

*STK*

  1. The term hue refers to name of colour e.g. red, blue, yellow e.t.c. (1mk)
  2. Benefits of studying home science to an individual are:-
  • Equips an individual with knowledge, skills and attitudes one requires for quality life
  • Helps an individual to adopt to the changing living conditions in the home, community and nation
  • Prepares an individual to take care of their personal hygiene, feeding, clothing, resources and health
  • Lays foundation for career development in industries such as catering, accommodation, hotel management and interior decorations e.t.c.                                                          (Any pts  2mks)
  1. Two uses of a collander are:-

       (i) Used as a separating tool-for separating liquids from other foodstuffs – e.g. for cleaning rice over         

               a  tap of running water

         (ii) Used for steaming foods                                                    (2mks)

  1. Basic instructions on the use of medicine

(i)       Dosage

  • Instruction
  • Frequency
  • Storage
  • Caution
  • Duration (1ny 4pts – ½mk each Total (2mks)
  1. Accidents that may cause fractures
    • Road accidents
    • Heavy blow
    • Falls caused by slippery floor, pot holes and cracks on the floor, split water or fruit peelings, loose tiles, littered clothes e.t.c. (any 2pts – 2mks)
  1. Points to consider when choosing a toilet brush are:-
  • The bristles should be firmly fixed
  • The handle should be smooth
  • The handle should be of reasonable length                                     (Any 2pts – 2mks)
  1. Reasons for dampening clothes before ironing are;- (1mk)
  • For easy removal of creases
  • Smoothening of fibres                                                                       (Any 1pt 1mk)
  1. Precautions to take while cleaning wooden surfaces
  • Scrub along the grains to avoid damaging the grains
  • Avoid rough abrasives as they roughen the surface
  • Avoid use of hot water – it discolours the wood
  • Do not expose to direct sunlight as it will warp
  • Avoid sharp objects as it scratches the wood hence making it rough                    (Any 3pts 3mks)
  1. Points to look for when buying a saucepan are:-
  • The base should be flat to help the pan balance and for even distribution of heat
  • The lid should be well fitting
  • Fairly thick- walled for even thermal distribution and for durability purposes
  • The handle should be strong and firmly fixed to support the weight of the pan
  • The handle should be heat resisting
  • It should be smooth and well rounded for easy cleaning                            (Any 3pts 3mks)
  1. Uses of eggs in flour mixtures are:-
  • For aeration – e.g. in cake mixtures
  • For enriching the mixtures
  • To improve on colour of mixtures – e.g. cakes                    (Any 3pts 3mks)
  1. Linen fibres are identified as follows:-
  • Burns rapidly in and out of flame
  • Smells like burning papers when burnt
  • Resembles glass rod when viewed under the microscope               (Any 2 different pts (2mks)
  1. Decorative methods of disposing off fullness are:-
  • Use of pleats
  • Use of wills
  • Use of smoking
  • Shirring                                  (Any 4pts – 4mks)
  1. Causes of needle breaking when machine stitching are:-
  • Machining over pins/zip teeth
  • Pulling the fabric from the front when machining or while removing it from the machine
  • Needle crossly fixed
  • Bent needle                            (Any 2pts- 2mks)
  1. Suitability of French seams on fraying fabrics are:-
  • It’s exceptionally strong
  • It’s self-neatening
  1. Importance of consumer education
  • Helps people to understand their roles as consumers and their importance to manufacturers and service providers
  • Informs people on their rights as consumers so as not to be exploited
  • Enables one to  interpret and use advertisements wisely and to their own advantage
  • Informs one on the importance of family finance and the need to budget and spend family resources wisely and economically                (2mks)
  1. Factors that will affect the efficiency of a laundry soap are;-
  • Temperature of water used – whether warm or cold
  • State of water – whether hard or soft
  • Degree of soiling
  • Washing time
  • Mechanical agitation applied
  • Quality of soap being used                            (Any 3pts – 3mks)
  1. (a) Reasons for using tucks on children’s clothing are:-
  • For decoration
  • For letting out-to increase size
  • For management of fullness
  • To provide fashion features              (Any 2pts – 2mks)
  1. (b) Factors that may affect normal foetal development are:-
  • Nutrients
  • Drugs
  • Sexually transmitted infections
  • HIV/AIDS
  • Alcohol
  • Smoking
  • German measles, malaria, e.t.c.                               (Any 4pts – 2mks)
  1. Advantages of home-based care of the sick are:-
  • Caters for those who lack funds for hospitalization
  • Elderly people prefer to be nursed at home in a familiar environment not surrounded by strangers
  • Its cheap especially for illness that are not life threatening e.g. minor wounds, colds and flu, e.t.c
  • Its suitable for nursing/lactating mothers so as not to expose their babies to a hospital environment
  • Patients receive emotional care from relatives and friends                                    (Any 2pts 2mks)
  1. (a) Steps in laundering wool
  • Take measurements and record to later confirm whether there was any change in size
  • Prepare warm water –wool is laundered in warm water throughout
  • Immerse a basin of heavily built warm soapy water and wash under water by kneading and squeezing keeping under water throughout the washing time
  • Warm water since wool shrinks when cold water is used
  • Water heavily built to ensure article is well immersed in water/soapy solution
  • Kneeling and squeezing used since wool felts and stretches if exposed to friction method of washing
  • Wash quickly and do not soak – soaking leads to shrinkage
  • Rinse severally in warm water
  • Final rinse in warm water to which a disinfectant has been added, Wool should never come in contact with cold water, Disinfect to kill germs
  • Dry under shade on well protected ground/surface wool is affected by sunlight – it makes the fibres harsh and felt protected surface because wool is eaten by moths
  • Take measurements and compare with previous to confirm whether there was any change in size –incase of any pat and pull gently where applicable.
  • Finish with a cool iron whilest damp – high temperature affects wool/wool air stretches and felts if ironed 
  • Air and store appropriately                                                               (well explained pts (10mks)

 

  1. (b) Steps in cleaning white canvas shoes with laces
  • Protect the work surface
  • Remove shoe laces
  • Dust or remove mud as is appropriate
  • Clean in warm soapy water with a laundry brush’ – scrub to remove all dirt
  • Rinse severally in warm water
  • Final rinse in cold water to freshen
  • Flick to remove excess water
  • Apply white polish sparingly using an old piece of cloth or polish brush
  • Dry in the hot sun tilted on it’s heels
  • Remove when dry and rub with a dry cloth to remove excess polish. Clean shoe laces appropriately
  • Dry n the sun
  • Lace up the shoes and leave ready for use (Well explained points 6mks)
  1. (c) A stained cup is cleaned by the following process:-
  • Soak in a hot solution of household bleach. Pour the solution when cold
  • Clean in warm soapy water and sponge
  • Rinse in warm water severally
  • Drip dry or dry with a soft cloth
  • Store appropriately                                                                                        (4mks)
  1. (a) Danger signs of pregnancy are;-
  • Vaginal bleeding – may lead to miscarriage
  • Oedema – signs of poor blood circulating or poisoning the foetus
  • Varicose veins – swollen and twisted painful veins on the legs may burst  and cause anaemia
  • Excessive vomiting – prevents proper nourishment to both mother and foetus
  • Dizziness-may be caused by inadequate iron in the blood (Toxaemia)
  • Haemorrhoids/piles – varicose veins in the anus. These are painful and may encourage constipation and loss of blood
  • Severe abdominal pain/backache signs of threatened miscarriage           (Any5pts well explained 10mks
  1. (b) Factors to consider when buying hand sewing needles are;-
  • Weight and thickness of fabric – the needles should be fine for the fabric
  • Eye should be big enough to take in thread
  • Rust proof for easy slipping
  • Farm,, straight and sharp- i.e. should not be deformed
  • Buy a variety of needles to carter for the sewing needs      (5pts stated & explained 5mks)

 

  1. (c) Causes of each of the following common faults.

         (i) A course texture in rubbed in cakes

  • Too high temperature
  • Too much raising agent
  • Insufficient mixing (Any 2pts – 2mks)

      (ii) Heavy and close texture in creamed cakes:-

  • Too slow an oven
  • Too much liquid
  • Insufficient creaming
  • Inadequate raising agent
  • Insufficient cooking
  • Too hot an oven, resulting in mixture forming in hard crust before air expands (Any2pt–2mks)

 

  1. (a) Three labelled diagrams to explain the working of a lapped seam
  • Fold the overlay along the seam or fitting line to the W.s and press. The under lay remains unfolded
  • Place the overlay on the R.S of the underlay, matching the F.L pin and tack
  • Working on the R.S machine stitch close to the fold through all the three layers of fabric
  • Remove tackings and press
  • On the W.S trim the raw edges to about 1cm
  • Neaten the two raw edges together by overcastting,  or machine zigzag
  • Press the seam on the R.S and W.S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                              

 

  1. (b) Functions of the following machine parts

          (i) Balance wheel

         –  Controls the movement of the machine/needle-it’s used for starting and stopping stitching

         (ii) Bobbin case – Secures the bobbin in place and for effective stitching               (1mk)

         (iii) Pressure foot lifter – Holds the fabric in place onto the feed dog during sewing            (1mk)

  1. (c) Qualities of a good cutting out shears
  • Must be rustproof
  • Sharp and firmly hinged
  • Long blades of at least 15cm for effective cutting
  • One blade should be narrower to slip under the fabric and another heavier to weigh down the fabric
  • Handles should have a smaller round hole for the thump and a larger heavy hole for the first three fingers
  1. (d)(i) Importance of care labels
  • Gives the correct laundry treatment so that the article is not damaged
  • Assist in the selection of the garment so that one does not buy a garment which he/she is unable to care for appropriately
  • Assists professional dry cleaners to know which dry cleaning solvents to use for a particular garment
  1. (d) (ii) Undesirable properties of nylon are;-
  • Its absorbent
  • Generates static electricity
  • Destroyed by long exposure to sunlight
  • Poor conductor of heat
  • Forms piles
  • Yellows with age
  • Slippery and frays easily (Any 2pts – 2mks)
  1. (a) Changes that occur when cooking ugali are;-
  • Boiling water softens the starch in the maize
  • Starch grains swell and burst releasing starch granules. This is termed as gelatinization
  • Stirring vigorously causes even distribution of water and starch granules and prevents formation of lumps
  • Further heating causes water that’s not combined with starch grains to evaporate thus setting the ugali
  • Continuous stirring of the ugali as it sets ensures even distribution of heat for thorough cooking
  • Covering the heat for a while ensures thorough cooking   (Any 5pts well explained – 10mks)
  1. (b) (i) Food fortification refers to the addition of a food nutrient into a given food e.g.

               addition of  vitamins  ABDE  into blue band, iodine in salt, e.t.c

            (ii) Food vehicle- Food to which fortification is carried out –e.g. when iodine is added to salt, salt  becomes the food vehicle

           (iii) Food supplements – These refer to alternative sources of food nutrients. Usually in form of

                   pills, tablets or capsules. They are taken in addition to the normal meals. E.g. iron                                                   

                tablets, vitamin A or C tablets e.t.c

  1. (c) Factors influencing consumer buying are;-
  • Price fluctuation
  • Complementary products
  • Substitute products
  • Income available
  • Time and energy
  • Family set-up
  • Inflation
  • Customs and traditions
  • Need to keep a certain self image/class
  • Rural/urban set-up                            (Any 4pts well explained       4mks)

 

 

 

                        *STK2*

  1. Economical ways of disposing refuse
  • Recycling
  • Making a compost pit
  • Mulching
  • Feeding animals                                                                                            Any 2 pts = 2 mks
  1. To descale/ defur

    Means removing deposits caused by hard water on the walls of bodies                                                1 mk

  1. Types of drainage
  • Free drainage – This is where waste water is poured anywhere around the house. Mainly common in the rural                                                                                                                         2 mks
  • Open drainage system – This consists of open drains which directs waste water away from the house and compound                                                                                                                        2 mks 
  • Conceded drainage system – In this drainage system waste water from the kitchen bathrooms and water closet is directed away from the house through waste pipes which lead it to the sewage works
  1. Uses of mangles
  • It rinses out water from wet clothes
  • It presses flat articles
  1. Categories under which clothes are sorted out
  • Amount of dirt
  • Use of the garment
  • Fibre content
  • Colour
  • Nature of garment/ article i.e. whether loose or fast coloured                                          3 mks
  1. Two common sponging solution
  • Warm water
  • Warm water and soap
  1. Natural immunizations def:

            This refers to the immunization a child receives from the mother while in the womb and while

            breast feeding

  1. Functions of Vitamin K
  • Essential for blood clotting
  • Necessary for normal functioning of the liver                                                                     2 mks
  1. Effects of heat on Vitamin C
  • Vitamin C is water soluble and is destroyed (lost) during preparation and cooking
  • Foods rich in vitamin C should be cooked quickly and served immediately to avoid reheating
  • The vitamin is also readily oxidized hence vegetables should be cooked with the lid on to minimize oxidation
  • Vegetables and fruits should be preferably served raw                                                       2 mks
  1. Differences between weaning and supplementary feeding
  • A baby is introduced to supplementary feeds at early stages in life – e.g. may begin at one month – weaning is introduced at 3 months and above- though there is no specified set age
  • In weaning, the child us introduced to solid foods, supplementary feeds are mainly in liquid form
  • Supplementary feeding comes before weaning – it is the introduction to weaning
  • Supplementary feeds are given in very small quantities – in weaning the proportion are larger

11        Medicine are chemical preparation that are used to prevent/ cure various diseases as prescribed   

         by a qualified medical personnel                                                                                             2 mks

  1. Precaution to take when using grease solvents
  • Work in an open airy place as they are highly toxic
  • Work away from flame as they are highly inflammable
  • Wash hand thoroughly immediately after use as they are poisonous
  1. What is valeting in home science? Explain its importance

            Valeting involves simple tasks that are carried out to clothes and accessories to maintain or

             enhance their appearance

  1. Major processes through which sodium is lost in the body
  • Perspiration
  • Urination
  • Tears
  1. Methods of neatening an overlaid seam
  • Loop stitching
  • Blanket stitch
  • Machine zigzag
  • Overcastting
  • Bin ding                                                                                                                                  3 mks
  1. Give two reasons why consumer education is taught in schools
  • Makes people to plan for the family resources and budget so as to spend family resources wisely
  • Informs people about their rights to avoid being exploited by manufacturers and sellers
  • Helps to interpret and use advertisements wisely
  • Helps people understand their role as consumers and their importance to manufactures and service providers                                                                                                                         3 mks
  1. The most important meal for the day is – Breakfast

            Why

  • Because it is taken after most of the food eaten the previous day have been absorbed leaving

             the stomach empty

  • It is the meal that starts the day                                                                                           1 mk
  1. a) Methods of sponging woolen coat
  • Shake and brush the garment thoroughly to remove surface dirt
  • Spread the garment on clean surface
  • Remove any stains using appropriate stain removers
  • Prepare two basins of warm water, add detergent to one and the other free of detergent
  • Dip a folded cloth in the warm soapy water and squeeze out excess solution
  • Sponge a small section at a time, overlapping parts
  • Rinse in clean warm water using a clean folded cloth
  • Final rinse in warm clean water
  • Clean systematically, starting from the W.S and move inwardly to the R.S. pay attention to double parts on W.S
  •  Rinse each portion appropriately
  • Dry in an airy place
  • Press with a warm iron
  • Air fold and store appropriately                                                                                           10 mks
  1. b) Laundering a white cotton blouse with chewing gum stain
  • Remove the stain appropriately by pouring very cold water or rub an ice cube over the stain. This hardens the chewing gum and then you can scrap it off using a blunt object e.g. knife
  • Treat the stained area with a solvent e.g. benzene or petrol then wash normally
  • Wash in hot soapy water using friction method
  • Rinse severally in hot water and finally in cold water to freshen
  • You can boil to further bleach or use laundry blue
  • Rinse in cold water
  • Dry on the clothes line in the hot sun
  • Iron with a hot iron
  • Air fold and store appropriately                                                                                           6 mks
  1. c) Points to consider when buying a washing machine
  • Consider the price and cost of maintenance should be reasonable
  • Select a well designed machine that is pleasant to work with
  • Bug from a reliable dealer who can service and repair when need arises
  • Check to ensure that all electrical are in good working order are of appropriate length and that the plug is of the proper cottage
  • Buy a machine made from rust proof material
  • The size and cleansing action must be suitable for the work it is expected to perform
  • Consider the control of the machine
  • It should be supplied with an instruction manual and a guarantee it is sighed and date
  • Consider the amount of space available. There should be adequate space for storage and operation of the machine                                                                                                          4 mks

 

  1. a) Principles of nutrient conservation in preparing vegetables
  • Foods e.g. legumes and pulses should be cleaned before soaking
  •  Foods should be thinly placed before couching. Using a sharp knife. Cutting and exposing them for long periods causes oxidation of vitamin such as A, C and E leading to their wastage
  • Wash vegetables and fruits before cutting them. Washing after cutting dissolves away vitamins and minerals that are lost since the washing water disorded
  • Clean vegetables and fruits using cold water. Hot water destroys heat sensitive vitamins e.g. vitamin C and B
  • Do not soak vegetables in the washing water because this dissolves vitamins nd minerals
  1. b) Functions of advertisements
  • Informs the consumer on the availability of certain goods or services and goods to access them
  • It is a quick and effective way of passing information about a new product
  • Advertising gives information on the varieties available of a specific product
  • Good advertising gives additional information about the product e.g. the nutritive value of foods or characteristics of textile fibre
  • Advertisements also entertain            5 mks
  1. c) Explain five factors to consider when renting a family house
  • Family size
  • Location
  • Tenancy conditions
  • Transport
  • Security
  • Amount of rent
  • Location                                                                                                                                 5 mks
  1. d) Uses of salt in the house
  • For flavouring foods
  • For removal of blood stains
  • To fix colour in loose coloured garments and articles
  • For dissolving mucus in handkerchiefs                                                                               2 mks

 

  1. a) Procedure of working machine fell seam, at shoulder
  • Place two pieces of fabric together W.S facing – working on the right side
  • Pin tack and machine stitch along the tacked line
  • Remove tackings and press the seam flat
  • Trim the back turning to within 3-4 mm. (The front turning remains uncut)
  • Fold the front turning over the cut back turning
  • Pin and tack close to the fold. (The seam should be flat)
  • Machine stitch close to the fold
  • Remove tackings and press the seam flat

 

  1. b) Ways of neatening an open seam
  • Loop stitching
  • Over casting
  • Binding
  • Machine zigzag
  • Edge stitching
  • Pinking
  1. c) Types of beriberi
  • Wet beriberi
  • Dry
  • Infertile beriberi
  • Infertile beriberi

 

Wet beriberi Dry beriberi
  1. Fluids are retained in the body
  2. Pronounced and rapid heart beat
  3. Chest pains
  4. Reduction in the amount of urine passed due to water retention in the body
Fluids not retained

Numbness and feeling of pin pricks

Weakness and wasting of muscles

Difficulty in walking or rising from a squarting position

 

  1. d) Points to consider when packing foods
  • Pack hot foods and drinks in flasks to be served hot
  • Pack each type of food separately
  • Remember to pack seasonings
  • Consider the number of people – pack adequate food according to number of people
  • Include cutlery in the packing
  •  The meal should be easy to pack and eat
  • Include a refreshing drink                                                                                                    4 mks

 

 

  1. a) Five social needs of an expectant mother
  • Friends and family members should be considerate and to ensure that they do not sideline her in their activities and decisions
  • It is important that the expected mother is assured that while she will be away someone will take care of her children while away
  • She should not be exposed to pressure or frustration both at home and at place of work
  • Nasty remarks about the pregnant mother should be avoided
  • Young children in the family should be informed about the coming baby and encouraged to welcome and accept the situation                                                                                        10 mks
  1. b) Points to consider when choosing personal clothes
  • Weather
  • Occasion
  • Fashion
  • Personal tastes and preferences
  • Figure type
  • Colour       10 mks

 

 

 

PAPER TWO

Answers 441/2

*NYR*

  PRESENTATION
1. PRESENTATION

–        Label on single fabric

–        Well pressed work

–        neat and no pins

–        Firm attachment of the label

–        Left half of the dress

2 CUTTING OUT

–        Smooth cutting

(1)  Dress front

(2)  Dress back

(3)  Sleeve

-Cutting on straight grain for the

1. Front

2. Back

3. Sleeve

4. Back neck facing

5. Front neck facing

Cutting diagonally for the sleeve binding and tiles

3.       OPEN SEAM

–        At the shoulder line award  zero if or open seam used

–        Straight stitchery line

–        Well neatened seam allowance

–        Even width of the neatened seam allowance

–        Seam pressed to lie flat

–        Matching well with the seam of the facings

 

 

4

FACINGS

–        Joining of the front and back neck facings

–        With an open seam

–        well neatened and neat work

–        Straight stitchery

5 FRENCH SEAM

–        Worked at the sides

–        Award zero if not French seam

–        Worked from R.s to W.s

–        Finishing on the W.s

–        Straight stitchery

–        Good tension of stitches

–        Knife edging

–        Neat

–        Within 0.4-0.8 final full

–        Fell facing the back

6 SLEEVE

FACED SLIT OPENING

–        Preparation of the facing

–        Attaching on the R.S

–        Slashing the opening

–        Turning to the wrong side evenly

–        Pressed to lie flat

–        Finishing on the W.s

7 UNDERARM SEAM

–        French seam

–        Fell 0.4-0.8mm

–        From R.S – W.s

–        Even in width

8 THE BINDIGNS

–        Attached onto the sleeve

–        Neat stitchery

–        Evenness of the binding

9 ATTACHMENT OF SLEEVE

–        Straight stitchery along the armhole

–        Good hang of sleeve

–        Gathers at the crown

–        Well distributed gathers

–        Armhole not neatened

–        Notches matching i.e. single to single and double to double

–        Underarm seam matching the side seam

 

 

 

 

 

 

*MGN*

 

  PRESENTATION                                                                                 *MGN*
1. PRESENTATION

–        Work well pressed ( ½  ) and folded( ½ )

–        Label firmly (1) fixed on a single (1) layer of fabric.

–        Pins and unnecessary tackings removed. (1)

–        Made up LEFT HALF (1)

2 CUTTING OUT                                                                                    *MGN*

–        CB/CF smoothly cut. (1)

–        Fabric cut on straight grain. (2)

–        BF (½) BB ((½)) Bindering  (½) Facing (½)

–        Lower edge of blouse well cut. (1)

3 WORKING ON DOUBLE POINTED DART                                    *MGN*

–        Correctly positioned dart (1)

–        Straight stitching (1)

–        Tapering to nothing on both ends (1)

–        Correct length of dart ( ½  ) (with 2 mm)

–        Firmly secured points ( ½  )

–        Darts pressed towards C.F. (1)

–        Middle of double dart snipped (1) to lie flat on both sides. (1)

4 SHOULDER SEAM (FRENCH SEAM)

(AWARD ZERO IF NOT FRENCH SEAM)                                *MGN*

–        Good straight stitching. (1)

–        Correct width of seam (1) (0.5 – 06 cm)

–        Evenness in width (1)

–        Self neatened raw edges all enclosed.. (1)

–        Good knife edge produced.. (1)

–        Seam pressed flat. (1)

5 SIDE SEAM (NEATENED OPEN SEAM)                                   *MGN*

(AWARD ZERO IF OT OPEN SEAM)

–        Good straight stitchery.(1)

–        Evenness of both sides. (1)

–        Flatness at the armhole joint. (1)

–        Correct size of seam (1) (0.8 – 1.2 cm each side) correctly neatened with edge stitching. (1)

–        Presses open. (1)

6 NECKLINE FACING                                                                          *MGN*

–        Facing correctly joined (1) to back facing using plain seam. (1)

–        Free edge of facing correctly. (1)

–        And neatly neatened (1)

  ATTACHMENT TO FACING

(Front Facing and Back Facing)                                                          *MGN*

–        Correct (½) placing of facing to neckline.

–        Good stitchery (1) (Back Front flatness of facing. (½)

–        Smoothness of neckline. (½)

–        Facing firmly fixed. (1)

–        Facing under stitched (½) from Top of neckline correctly produced.

7 CUTTING AND REPAIR OF HEDGE TEAR USING DARNING *MGN*

–        Correctly (1) cut triangular hedge tear repair using hand darning. (½)

–        Marked the vent of the tear. (½)

–        Used fish boned (1)

–        stitches to bring edges together.

–        Darn extending beyond vent. (½)

–        Threads firmly secured. (½)

–        Raw edges completely enclosed. (1)

8 BINDING ARMHOLE

–        Joining the binding piece. (1)

–        Correctly joined to armhole. (1)

–        Evenness of binding on both sides.(1)

–        Correct final stitching. (1)

 

 

*KSM*

  Maximum

score

Actual

score

remarks
1 PRESENTATION

-clean

-Well pressed

-Neatly pressed

-Tacks and pins removed

-Label firmly fixed and on singles fabric

 

½

½

½

1

1

   
  3 ½    
2.CUTTING OUT

-Straight grain to within 2mm

-C.F straight to within 2mm

-C.B straight to within 2mm

 

 

½

½

½

   
  1 ½    
PREPARATION      
A)WAIST DART

-correct length

-straight width

-straight stitchery

-dart tapering to nothing

-dart fastened  on and off

-pressed flat

-dart facing C.F

 

½

½

½

½

½

½

½

   
  3  ½    
B)CALICO PATCH

-patch correctly aligned

-straight grain  running continuously

-good stitchery

-straight stitchery

-stitching close to fold

-regular shape of patch

-regular shape of patch

-pressed flat

 

½

½

½

½

½

½

½

1/2

   
  4    
C)FRENCH SEAM

-Straight stitchery

-Good knife edging

-Raw edges enclosed

-Seam allowance trimmed

-Seam ¼ wide

-pressed

 

½

1

½

½

1

½

   
  4    
D)OPEN SEAM

-straight stitching

-open seam 1 wide when finished

-pressed open

-neatened by edge stitching

 

½

½

½

½

   
 

E) CONTINUOUS WRAP OPENING

-Straight stitchery

-Raw edges enclosed

-seam allowance trimmed ½ wide

-turning hemmed on W.S

-turning even throughout

 

½

1

½

1

1

   
  6    
F) CUFF PREPARATION  AND  ATTACHMENT

-Straight stitchery

-Raw edges trimmed

-Good knife edging

-Cuff interfaced

-Under cuff interfaced

-Correct alignment of cuff on sleeve

-Straight stitchery

 

½

½

½

½

½

½

½

   
  3 ½    
g)-seam allowance trimmed pressed

-cuff hemmed down to position

-cuff even

 

½

1

1/2

   
  2    
H)PREPARATION AND FIXING OF NECKLINE FACING

-front and back facing joined

-pressed

-edge stitching on free edge of facing

-correct alignment at neckline

-under stitching done

-seam allowance trimmed

-facing pressed and catch Stitched in position

 

½

½

½

1

1

½

1

   
  5    
I) ATTACHING OF SLEEVE

-Sleeve correctly aligned

-Smoothly attached

-Gathers evenly distributed at crown

-Good hang

-Good stitchery

-Armhole seam neatened with loop stitches

-Armhole seam and side seam crossing

to within 2mm

 

½

½

½

½

½

½

 

1

   
  4    
J)SLIP HEMMING BACK BODICE LOWER HEM

-correct section hemmed

-hem edge stitched

-slip hemmed

-hem even

pressed flat

 

½

½

½

½

½

 

   
  2 ½    
K)WORKING OF BUTTONHOLE AND

ATTACHING SHIRT BUTTON

-Button hole cut along the thread

-Correct Button hole stitch used

-Button hole stitch even

-Round end over sewn

-Bar end with a bar of stitches

-button correctly positioned

-Shank created

-Button hole stitch worked to fasten WS

-Button firmly fixed

 

 

½

½

½

½

½

½

½

½

½

   
  4 ½    
total 45    

 

 

 

*KKC*

  AREAS MARKED MAXIMUM

SCORE

ACTUAL

SCORE

 

REMARKS

1. PRESENTATION

(a)   Pins and threads removed.

(b)  Work well pressed.

(c)   Work well folded.

(d)  Labeled.

(e)   Label firmly fixed.

(f)   Label fixed on single layer of fabric.

 

½

½

½

½

½

½

   
    3 ½    
2. CUTTING OUT

(a)   Pieces cut out on straight grain of fabric as shown in the pattern pieces.

(b)  C.F. and C.B. well cut on grain line.

 

 

5

2

   
    07    
3. DART

(a)   Straight stitchery.

(b)  Tapering to the point.

(c)   Thread well fastened at the point.

(d)  Flatness of the dart on W.S. and R.S.

(e)   Pressed to C.B.

(f)   Correct length of dart.

(g)  Correct width.

 

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

   
    07    
4. FRENCH SEAM

(a)   French seam made (if not French seam give 0).

(b)  Straight stitchery.

(c)   Even in size.

(d)  Well knife edged.

(e)   Raw edges not showing through the seam.

(f)   Pressed flat to face the back.

(g)  Appearing on the W.S. of dress.

 

1

 

1

1

1

 

1

1

½

   
    6 ½    
5. PLAIN SEAM

(a)   Plain seam made (If not give 0).

(b)  Made on W.S. of dress.

(c)   Straight stitchery.

(d)  Both seam allowance held together and neated.

(e)   Evenness in width.

(f)   Pressed flat to face the C.B.

 

1

1

1

 

1

1

1

   
    06    
6. PATCH POCKET

(a)   Appearing on the R.S of dress.

(b)  Evenly made hem at the pocket mouth.

(c)   Edge of pocket well tacked under.

(d)  Bulky seam allowances cut off rendering pocket flat.

(e)   Well stitched all round.

AREAS MARKED

(f)   Pocket mouth reinforced appropriately.

(g)  Bace well curved (not gathered).

 

½

 

1

1

1

 

1

1

1

 

½

   
    06    
7.  FACINGS

(a)   Both back and front facings used.

(b)  Back and front facing appearing on W.S. Front on Front. Back on Back dress.

(c)   Both joined well on stitching line.

(d)  Seam trimmed and pressed open.

(e)   Both well neatened at the edge.

(f)   Well attached at the neckline with the neat stitches.

(g)  Stitching line followed, rendering the neckline smooth and well curved. Seams matching.

(h)  Pressed flat W.S. to face W.S.

(i)    Seams well trimmed to avoid bulk.

(j)    Well under stitched.

 

½

 

½

 

1

1

1

 

1

 

2

 

1

1

1

   
    10    
8. HEM SLIP HEM

(a)   Straight stitchery.

(b)  Evenness in width.

(c)   No bulk.

1

1

1

1

   
    4    

 

 

*RCH*

  PROCESSES
1. PRESENTATION

·       well  pressed  work(1) and well folded(1)

·       label (1)well fixed  on  single(1) fabric

·       unnecessary temporary stitches

·       tacking, threads and  pins removed(1)

·       made up of the  left  half(1)

   
2. CUTTING OUT AND  GRAINING

·       All eight pattern pieces cut on

·       straight grain( ½ x8)max 4

·       Smooth  cutting out of edges at CB

·       of yoke(1) and  skirt(1)

·       Smooth cutting  out of edges  of CF 

·       of yoke (1) and skirt(1)

   
3. OVERLAID SEAM AT  YOKE

If  not  overlaid  seam  give  zero

·       quality  of stitchery (1)

·       stitched close  to  the  edge  of front( ½ ) of  back (1/2 ) yoke

·       evenness of seam allowance  on W.S  of 

·       front( ½ ) on  back (1/2 )yoke

   
4. OPEN SEAM AT SHOULDER

If not  open seam  give zero

·       Straight  stitchery(1)

·       Right  size(1cm when finished)(1)

·       Seam  pressed  flat/open(1)

(if seam  is neatened deduct 1)

   
5. INTERFACED  COLLAR

·       Interfaced(1)firmly fixed(1)

·       Well knife edged(1)

·       Correctly  positioned(1)

·       Flatness  of the attached collar(1)

·       Correct shape (1)  and size(1)of the attached collar

·       Neckline seam  evenly trimmed( ½ )and snipped(1)

·       Collar well trimmed(1) and snipped(1) evenly

   
6. FREE EDGE  OF  FACING

If not neatened give  zero

·       Edge neatened by  machine(1)

·       Straight stitchery( ½ )

·       Trimmed to  less than 3mm (1)

   
7. FRENCH SEAM AT SIDE  OF DRESS

If not French seam  give zero

·       Correct  width  of seam

·       Evenness(1)

·       All raw edge enclosed(1)

·       Straight stitchery(1)

·       Pressed flat to wards CB(1)

·       Underarm seam and  side seam meeting  the  point  to within 2mm(1)

·       Knife edged(1)

   
8. PREPARATION AND ATTACHMENT OF FRILL

·       Inverted  pleats well positioned(1)

·       Straight  stitchery of open seam(1)

·       Frill attached  to front skirt only(1)

·       Neatened by use of loop stitches(1)

·       Loop stitches 0.2cm from the edges (1)

 

 

 

*MUM*

 
1. PRESENTATION                                                                 *MUM*

– Clean work and neatly folded, well pressed

– Tackings and pins removed

– label firming sewn and on single fabric

– RIGHT hay made

2. CUTTING                                                                           

– If smoothly cut and straight to within 2mm

– CB smoothly cut and straight to within 2 mm

– Pocket facing cut on cross grain

– Both waist bands cut on fold

3. WAIST

– Correct length

– Correct width

– Straight stitchery

– Tapering to notching

– correctly reinforced

– Well pressed on RS

– Fold facing CB

4. PATCH POCKET

– Pocket and facing correctly matched and stitched RS together

– Facing under stitched

– A good knife edge between pocket and facing

– Facing edge stitched

– Facing neatly hemmed onto the pocket

– Pocket seam allowance trimmed

– Pocket lower corners mitred

– Pocket stitched close to the edge

– Straight stitchery

– Pocket mouth correctly reign forced

– Pockets flat and on straight grain

– Correct position onskirt

5. GATHERS

– Gathers made not pleats

– Evenly distributed on front skirt

– Gathering stitches removed

– Well pressed

6. OPEN SEAM

– Straight stitchery

– Straight wide when finished

– Neatened by edge stitching

– Pressed open

– Even

– Correct tension of stitches

7. ZIP– Correct position

– Back turning stitched with the fold close to the zip teeth

– Front turning machined 1cm from the fold

– Machined on RS and across to the seam

– Upper zip end enclosed in waist band

– Lower zip and enclosed in the seam

– Zip completely hidden

8. UN-INTERFACED WAIST BAND

– Correct size of waist band

– Waist attached on RS

– Correctly folded along fold line

– Hemmed on W.S by picking on the stitches

– Waist band flat

– Sharp corners at tie ends

– A good knife edge at the ends

– Tie ends stitched RS together and turned over

– Tie ends even in size and length

9. HEM

– Edge stitched and folded on hem hire

– Open seam flat

– Hem even and flat

– Running stitches even and small in size, and rein forced

 

 

KKE*

1. PRESENTATION Marks
(a) Well pressed (a) well folded (1) 1
(b) Clearly written and firmly sewn label (1) on single fabric (1) 2
(c) Removal of unnecessary stitches (½) threads (½) pins (½) 1 ½
(d) Made up of right half (1) 1
(e) Clean work, not dust, not stained (1) 1
  9mks
2. CUTTING OUT AND GRAINING  
(a) CB of dress smoothing cut (1) and on grain to within 2mm (1) 2
(b) CF of dress smoothly cut (1) and on grain to within 2mm (1) 2
(c) Front and back neck facings smoothly cut (1) and on grain to within 2mm (1) 2
(d) Collar smoothly cut (1) and on grain to within 2mm (1) 2
(e) Sleeve smoothly cut (1) and on grain to within 2mm (1) 2
(f) Ties smoothly cut (1) to within 2mm (1) 2
  12mks
3. French seam  at the shoulder      (if not French seam give 0)  
(a Joined with straight stitchery (1) 1
(b) Evenness of seam (1) width about 6mm (1) 1
(c)  Flatness of seam (1) 2
(d) Facing right direction back (1) 1
  5mks
4. SLEEVE  
(a) Good hang (1) 1
(b) Well distributed gathers at the crown (on R.S) (2) but the notches (2). 4
(c) Under arm seam joining with straight stitching line (1) 1
(d) Under arm seam meeting side seam to within 2mm (1) 1
(e) Arm hole seam joined within straight stitchery line (1) 1
(f) Under arm seam flat at arm hole (1) 1
(g) Facing used on sleeve opening (1) 1
(h) Lower edge of sleeve bound (1) 1
(i) Ties well finished by top stitching(1) 1
(j) Notches correctly matched (1) 1
  13mks
 

5. COLLAR

 
 (a) Inter faced (1) well done             (1) 1
 (b) Straight stichery                          (1) 1
(c)Seam allowance trimmed (1) simp (1) 2
(d) Flatness of coillar                                     (2) 2
(e) Collar well positioned and fitting (2) 2
  11mks
6. FACINGS  
(a) Straight stitchery when joining F and B facings (1) 1
(b) Facings well fixed (1) to finish collar raw edges (1) lying flat (1), trimmed ( ½  ) 3 ½
  5mks
7. SIDE SEAM(if not open seam do not crowd)  
(a) Good stitchery (2) straight  
(b) Correct width (1m) (2) 2
(c) Appropriately edge stitched (2) 2
(d) Flatness (2) pressed open (2) 4
(e) Seam allowance even in width (2) 4
  12mks
8. SLEEVE OPENING

(a) Slit opening (1)

(b) Correct length (5cm) to within 2mm (2)

(c) correctly faced (1) flat (1) and lying on the wrong side of garment (2)

(d) Straight stichery (1)

1

2

2

2

1

  8mks
*NDW*

PRESENTATION

1.PRESENTATION
  • Work labelled firmly on single fabric
  • When pressed and carefully folded
  • Pin  unnecessary  tacking remove
  • Made up  for  the left leg
 
2.CUTTING  OUT STRAIGHT GRAINING
  • Short front cut on straight  grain ( ½ )
  • Short bank smoothly cut( ½ ) on

straight  grain( ½ )

  • Waist and  cut on  straight grain ( ½ )
  • Fig( ½ )opening facing cut on  straight grain( ½ )
  • Fly binding cut  on bias(1)
 
3.WORKING OF BACK  DART
  • Straight stitchery ( ½ )tapering

to nothing( ½ )

  • Thread  well reinforced(1)
  • Correct length ( ½ )and  width( ½ )
  • Dart  pressed towards C.B( ½ ) and  lie flat( ½ )
 
4.FACING OF THE SHORT OPENING
  • Correct position( ½ )
  • Avoid stitching-size( ½ )tension( ½ )

and straight( ½ )

  • Well pressed( ½ )and flat( ½ )
 
5.PREPARATION AND ATTACHMENT OF FLY
  • Fly appropriately prepared( ½ )
  • Fly lined( ½ )with  the attached facing ( ½ )
  • Raw edge neated together( ½ )using  the bias binding(1)
  • Quality of  stitching-tension( ½ )size( ½ )and straight(1)
  • Fly fixed in position by top  stitching(1)
 
6.WORKING OF PLAIN SEAM AT THE SIDE
  • Correct seam plain(1)(if open award zero)
  • Straight stitchery(1)
  • Correct tension( ½ )and size of stitches( ½ )
  • Seam appropriately neatened(1)
  • Only half of seam neatened(1)
 
7.NEATENED  OPEN SEAM(INNER LEG)
  • Correct seam(1)if not open award zero
  • Quality of stitchery-tension( ½ )
  • Size(1/2)and straight( ½ )
  • Evenness of seam( ½ )
  • Seam appropriately finished(1)
  • Pressed hem( ½ )lie flat( ½ )
 
 

8.PREPARATION AND ATTACHMENT  OF

WAIST BAND

  • Waist band interfaced( ½ )
  • Interfacing  correctly held(1)
  • Turning trimmed on both sides(1)
  • Correct  width( ½ )size( ½ )and even
  • ( ½ )according to the pattern
  • Correct stitchery-tension( ½ )size( ½ ) and straight( ½ )
  • Waist  band  knife edged(1)
  • Waist b and appropriately finished( ½ )
 
9.PREPARATION OF HEM
  • Correct  width of  hem( ½ )
  • Evenness of width(1)
  • Correct edge stitched before turning under(1)
  • Slip hemming used(1)firmly done(1)
  • Not  showing on R.S( ½ )
  • Only half neatened ( ½ )(from side seam to inner leg) (1)
  • Hem pressed flat(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*STK*

 

(1) PRESENTATION

MAX   SCORE  

REMARKS

Work well pressed ( ½  ) and folded( ½ )

Label firmly (1) fixed on a single (1) layer of fabric.

Pins and unnecessary tackings removed. (1)

Made up LEFT HALF (1)

 

 

 

5

   
 

(2) CUTTING OUT

CB/CF smoothly cut. (1)

Fabric cut on straight grain. (2)

BF (½) BB ((½)) Bindering  (½) Facing (½)

Lower edge of blouse well cut. (1)

 

4

   
 

WORKING ON DOUBLE POINTED DART

Correctly positioned dart (1)

Straight stitching (1)

Tapering to nothing on both ends (1)

Correct length of dart ( ½  ) (with 2 mm)

Firmly secured points ( ½  )

Darts pressed towards C.F. (1)

Middle of double dart snipped (1) to lie flat on both sides. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

7

   
 

SHOULDER SEAM (FRENCH SEAM)

(AWARD ZERO IF NOT FRENCH SEAM)

Good straight stitching. (1)

Correct width of seam (1) (0.5 – 06 cm)

Evenness in width (1)

Self neatened raw edges all enclosed.. (1)

Good knife edge produced.. (1)

Seam pressed flat. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

6

   
 

SIDE SEAM (NEATENED OPEN SEAM)

(AWARD ZERO IF TO OPEN SEAM)

Good straight stitchery.(1)

Evenness of both sides. (1)

Flatness at the armhole joint. (1)

Correct size of seam (1) (0.8 – 1.2 cm each side) correctly neatened with edge stitching. (1)

Presses open. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

   
NECKLINE FACING

Facing correctly joined (1) to back facing using plain seam. (1)

Free edge of facing correctly. (1)

And neatly neatened (1)

 

 

 

4

   
 

ATTACHMENT TO FACING

(Front Facing and Back Facing)

Correct (½) placing of facing to neckline.

Good stitchery (1) (Back Front flatness of facing. (½)

Smoothness of neckline. (½)

Facing firmly fixed. (1)

Facing under stitched (½) from Top of neckline correctly produced.

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

   
CUTTING AND REPAIR OF HEDGE TEAR USING DARNING

Correctly (1) cut triangular hedge tear repair using hand darning. (½)

Marked the vent of the tear. (½)

Used fish boned (1)

stitches to bring edges together.

Darn extending beyond vent. (½)

Threads firmly secured. (½)

Raw edges completely enclosed. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

   
BINDING ARMHOLE

Joining the binding piece. (1)

Correctly joined to armhole. (1)

Evenness of binding on both sides.(1)

Correct final stitching. (1)

 

 

 

4

   
                                                  GRAND TOTAL        50 MKS    
   

 

 

*TNW*

  MAX.

SCORE

SCORE REMARKS
A. PRESENTATION

a) Well pressed1, well folded1.

b) Firmly labelled1, on single fabric1.

c) Pins1/2  and unnecessary ½ threads removed.

d) Made up of the left half1.

 

2

2

1

1

   
Sub -Total 06    
B. CUTTING

a) All nine pieces cut 9 x ½ .

b) Back bodice well cut2, on straight grain to

within 3 mm (0.3 cm) smooth1 on C/F.

c) Front bodice well2, cut on straight grain to

within 3 mm (0.3 cm)1 smooth on C/F1.

d) Collar smoothly on C/B1, cut on straight of

grain to within 2 mm (0.2 cm)1.

e) Front and back facing well and smoothly cut  (1 x 2)

on straight of grain to within 2 mm  (0.2 cm)

    (½ x 2).

f) Sleeve well cut1 straight of grain1.

g) Cuff well cut on1 straight of grain1.

h) Skirt well (2 x 2) cut smooth at the lower edge.      (1 x 2)

 

4 ½

 

3

 

4

 

2

 

 

3

2

2

6

   
Sub – Total 26 ½    
C. MARKING UP

1. Working of shoulder and neck line darts.

a) Machine from wider part tapering to nothing1.

b) Straight stitchery made1.

c) Firmly secured (either by knot, weaving or by

slipping into the fold.

d) Correct length made 7 cm within 2 mm (0.2 cm)

(1 x 2).

e) Correct width 1cm made to within 1 mm (0.1 cm) (1 x 2).

f) Pressed to the right direction neck dart to C/F and

shoulder dart to C/B (1 x 2)

 

 

1

1

 

2

 

2

 

2

 

2

   
Sub – Total 10    
2. Working of shoulder seam.

     French Seam 2or zero (0)

a)     Straight stitchery of the first row.

b)     Seam trimmed evenly to 6 cm to within 4 mm (0.4 cm).

c)     Free edge well enclosed. (No threads scan or R.S)

d)     Straight stitchery of the 2nd along the seam allowance2.

– Seam knife edged1 and pressed towards the back1.

e)     Correct width made of 0.6 cm (6 mm)  to within

1 mm.

f)    Seam flat on both R.S. & W.S. free from pucker.

 

1

 

1

1

 

4

 

1

1

   
Sub- Total 09    
3.  BACK AND FRONT FACING JOINING

a) Using open seam to join.

b) Made with straight stitchery.

c) Trimmed to 1 cm to within 1 mm.

d) Pressed open.

e) Neatened the free edge close to the edge.

f) Neatened with even straight stitchery.

 

1

1

1

1

1

1

   
Sub- Total 06    
4. PREPARATION OF INTERFACED COLLAR

    a) Collar well interfaced.

b) Good smooth stitchery2 along the seam allawance1.

c)Trimmed to 4 cm to with in 2 mm (0.2 cm).

d) Collar knife edged2 sharp pointed tip infront1 and

back left open1.

 

1

3

1

 

4

   
Sub- Total 09    
 

5. ATTACHING OF COLLAR USING INTERFACING

   a) Front interfacing attached to the front bodice (Do not

trim the turnings).

b) Collar correct positioned at the centre front1 ½  and free

edge at the centre back1 ½ .

c) Neatening the neckline with the front & back facing1

with smooth stitchery1, trimmed to 1 cm1, snipped1, stay

stitched the facing at the shoulder line1.

d) Collar lay flat on both sides. (R.S. & W.S).

e) Correct length 29 cm to within 2 mm (0.2 cm). Measure

from the ship T.P. at the front to free edge at the back.

f) Correct width (depth) of collar of 8 cm to within 2 mm

(0.2 cm).

– Finish the base of the wrap by machine stitch.

 

 

1

 

3

 

 

5

2

 

2

 

2

   
Sub- Total 18    
6. WORKING OF SIDE SEAM

Using Open Seam or zero (0)

a)     Machine stitch straight stitchery along seam line.

b)     Neatened the turning close to the edge with straight stitchery.

c)     Seam pressed open, correct seam width of 2 cm to within 2 mm (0.2 cm).

d)     Seam flat both R.S. & W.S.

 

 

1

 

2

 

2

1

   
Sub- Total 06    
7. WORKING OF SKIRT

    Joining the skirt with double stitchery.

a)     1st row made with straight stitchery.

b)     Back turning evenly trimmed to 1 cm.

c)     Front turning well enclosed2 the fell laying towards the back1/2 (no thread seen on R.S.)

d)     2nd  row stitched close to the edge.

e)     Correct width of 1 cm to within 2 mm (0.8 – 1.2 cm)

f)      Seam flat on both R.S. and W.S.

g)     Inverted plea created at the side seam ½ cm each side of seam.

h)     Knife pleats made facing the C/F and C/B respectively.

 

 

1

2

 

2 ½

1

1

1

 

1

2

 

   
Sub- Total 11 ½    
8. BODICE ATTACHMENT ON SKIRT

    Use Overlaid or zero (0)

a)     Smooth stitchery of both the front and the back dress.

b)     Seam laid over the fitting line (seam allowance) seam not neatened or trimmed.

c)     Front skirt aligned with front blouse and back with back skirt.

 

 

2

 

2

1 ½

   
Sub- Total 6 ½    
9. WORKING OF SLEEVE

    Use Open Seam or zero (0)

a)     Underarm seam made with straight stitchery.

b)     Seam turning well neatened with even stitchery and close to the edge.

c)     Seam press open.

d)     Gathers made at the sleeve head and lower edge along fitting line.

– Gathers well distributed to 18 cm at the head to

within 2 mm.

– The lower edge of the sleeve with gathers well

distributed evenly all round.

 

1

4

1

2

 

1

2

   
Sub- Total 11    
10. ATTACHMENT OF THE CUFF

– Joining the two ends with an open seam.

– Seam trimmed to 1 cm.

– Attaching the seam to the low edge of the sleeve with a

smooth stitchery using plain seam.

– Seam trimmed to 6 mm (0.6 cm) to within 2 mm

(0.2 cm).

– Neatening with slip hemming stitches evenly spaced.

 

1

1

 

4

 

1

4

   
Sub- Total 11    
11. SETTING IN SLEEVE

      – Good hang of sleeve.

– Gathers well distributed around the crown between the

notches.

– Notches matching1 seam of both the underarm hole and

side seam matching (2 x 2) & meeting at the point to

within 2 mm2.

– Good smooth stitchery2 around the armhole maintaining

seam allowance2.

– Left untrimmed and unneatened.

 

1

 

1 ½

 

 

7

 

4

1

   
Sub- Total 14 ½    
HORIZONTAL BUTTON HOLE

– Cut on straight of grain

– Using button hole stitch.

– Work of one side & overcastting the round edge (thread not cut) N/B:  Thread should be single.

     
 

TOTAL

150/2

75 MKS

   

 

 

PAPER THREE

*KKC*

1.

 

 

 

CHOICE OF ITEMS

–        Recipe availability.

–        Correct quantities.

–        Suitability of meals.

   
2. ORDER OF WORK

–        Availability

–        Correct sequence

LIST OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

–        Availability.

–        Adequacy.

–        Appropriateness.

   
 

3.

 

PREPARATION

–        Correct procedure.

–        Appetizer.

–        Protein.

–        Carbohydrate.

–        Cereal

–        Beverage.

Methods of cooking.

–        Appetizer (juice)

–        Protein

–        CHO.

–        Cereal

–        Beverage

   
 

4.

Hygiene & Presentation.

–        Personal

–        Handling food.

–        Centre piece.

–        Table well set.

–        Clean utensils.

   
 

5.

ECONOMY:

§  On fuel

§  On water

§  On resources

   
6. CLEANING UP:

§  During work 1

§  After work 1

 

 

*NYR*

DETAILS                                                                                             *NYR*
ACTUAL PLAN OF WORK

-Choice of dishes suitable choice

– List of equipment

– List of food stuffs

– Availability of recipe

– Proper sequencing of activities

– Quantities of food stuffs and equipment

 
PREPARATION, COOKING AND SERVING

–        choice meal

–        varied the methods of cookings (at least two)

–        Correct preparation and cooking methods

(i) Protein dish

(ii) Carbohydrates dish

(iii) Vegetable dish

(iv) Baked item

 
QUALITY OF DISHES
  1. Protein dish
  2. Carbohydrates
  3. Vegetable dish
  4. Baked dish
 
GENERAL EFFICIENCY

–        Personal hygiene

–        Food hygiene

–        Kitchen hygiene Economy of food, water and other resources

 
 

SERVING AND PRESENTATION

–        Use of clean and suitable tea towel and clothes

–        Clean and well pused

–        Appropriate serving dishes

–        Attractive centpiese

–        Food not pieled

–        Appropriate gravity

–        General appearance

 
CLEANING UP

–        During work

–        After work

 

 

 

*KSM*

 

Area of assessment Max score Actual score remarks
1. PLAN

a)Recipe

  • Availability
  • Correct qualities
  • Suitability of menu

b)order of work

  • availability
  • correct sequencing

c)list of food stuff  and equipment

  • availability
  • adequacy(quantities)
  • appropriateness
 

 

1

1

1

 

1

1

 

 

1

1

½

   
  Total 7 ½    
2.  PREPARATION

a)correct procedure

  • item 1
  • item 2
  • drink
  • variety of cooking methods

at least 2

b)quality of  results

  • item 1
  • item2
  • drink
 

 

2

2

2

 

1

 

1

1

1

   
  Total 10    
3.  SERVING/PRESENTATION
  • cleaning and well pressed table cloth
  • centre piece
  • appropriate and clean serving equipment
  • logical arrangement of items on the table
  • correct amount of food prepared and served
 

½

½

1

½

½

   
  Total 3    
4.  HYGIENE AND ORGANIZATION

a)During work

  • personal(½)
  • food(½)working area(½)

b)Economy of resources

  • water(½) food( ½)fuel(½)
  • cleaning materials(½)

c)cleaning and tidying up

  • during work
  • after work
 1 ½

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

   
  Total 4 ½    
Grand total 25    

 

 

*MGN*

 

  PLAN AREAS OF ASSESSMENT                                  
1. Recipes                                                                                      *MGN*

–        Availability.

–        Correct quantities.

–        Correct choice.

Order of work

–        Availability

–        Proper sequencing.

List of food studs & Equip.

–        Availability.

–        Adequacy.

–        Appropriateness.

2.

 

PREPARATION                                                                    *MGN*

Correct Procedure

–        1st course.

–        2nd course.

Methods of cooking (2)

Quality of results.

–        1st course.

–        2nd course.

3. PRESENTATION                                                                 *MGN*

 Utensils

–        Appropriate

–        Cleanliness

–        Centre piece

–        General impression

–        Personal (½ ) food hygiene (½ )

4. Economy of resources                                                            *MGN*

–        Water

–        Food

–        Fuel

–        Material

   
5. Clearing Up                                                                          *MGN*

–        During work

–        After work.

   

 

 

 

*NDW*

AREAS OF ASSESSMENT MAXIMUM SCORE ACTUAL SCORE REMARKS
1.PLAN

Recipes

  • Availability
  • Correct quantities
  • Correct choice

Order of work

  • Availability
  • Proper sequencing

 

List of  food stuffs and Equipment

  • Availability
  • Adequacy
  • Appropriateness

 

 

 

½

1

1

 

½

½

 

 

1

½

1

 

   
  6    
2.PREPARATION

Correct procedure

  • Carbohydrates
  • Proteins
  • Vitamin
  • Drink

-cereal

-tea

Methods of  cooking  (at least two)

Quality  of results

  • Carbohydrates
  • Protein
  • Vitamin
  • Cereal
  • Tea
 

1

1

1

½

½

2

 

1

1

 

1

1

½

½

   
  10    
3.PRESENTATION

Food presented on a

tray(1)use  clean( ½ )

well ironed( ½ )tray  cloth

correct placement of all items(1)

Utensils

  • Appropriate
  • Cleanliness

Centre  piece

General impression

Personal( ½ )and

Food hygiene( ½ )

 

2

 

 

1

 

½

 

½

½

½

½

½

   
       
4.ECONOMY OF RESOURCES
  • Water
  • Food
  • Fuel
  • Cleaning materials
 

½

½

½

½

   
5.CLEARING UP
  • During work
  • After work
 

½

½

   
TOTAL 25    

 

 

 

*MAT*

  PLAN AREA OF ASSESSMENT                           *MAT*
1 Availability

·       Correct quantities

·       Correct choice

2 Order of work

·       Availability

·       Proper sequencing

3 List of food stuffs

·       Equipment

·       Availability

·       Adequacy

·       Appropriateness

4 Preparation

·       Correct procedure

·       Course I – protein

·       Course II – Vegetale

·       Carbohydrates

·       Salad

5 Methods of cooking

·       Protein

·       Vegetable

·       Carbohydrate

·       Salad preparation

6 Presentation

·       Utensils

·       Appropriate

·       Cleanliness

·       Centre piece

·       General impression

7 Economy of resources

·       Water

·       Food

·       Fuel

·       material

8 Clearing up

·       During work

·       After work

 

 

*UGU*

AREAS OF ASSESSMENT PLAN                           *UG*
1. Plan

–        Recipe

–        Availability

–        Correct quantities

–        sustainability

   Order of work

–        Availability

–        Proper sequencing

   List  of Foodstuff, Materials and Equipment

–        Availability

–        Adequacy

–        Appropriateness

2. PREPARATION

–        Correct Procedure

–         Proteins

–        Carbohydrates

–         Vitamins/mineral |Salts

–        Drink

Quality of results

–        Proteins

–        Carbohydrates

–        Vitamins/Mineral Salts

–        Drink

3. Presentation

   Utensils

-appropriate

– cleanliness

Garnishing

General impression

Personal(1) and Food(1) Hygiene

4. Economy of Resources

–        Water (½ )

–        Food (½ )

–        Fuel(½ )

–        Materials(½ )

5. Clearing up

– During work (1)

– After work (1)

 

 

*RACH*

  PLAN AREAS  OF ASSESSMENT
1. PLAN

RECIPES

Availability

Correct  quantities

Correct  choice  of  menu

ORDER OF WORK

Availability

Proper sequencing

Correct  time  budgeting

LIST OF FOODSTUFF & EQUIPMENT

Availability

Adequacy

appropriateness

2. PREPARATION

CORRECT PROCEDURE

Protein dish

Carbohydrate dish

vitamin dish

Nutritious  drink

METHOD  OF  COOKING(at least two)

QUALITY  OF  RESULTS

Protein  dish

Carbohydrates  dish

Vitamin dish

Nutritious drink

3. PRESENTATION

UTENSILS

Appropriate

Cleanliness

CENTRE PIECE

GENERAL IMPRESSION

HYGIENE-personal hygiene

                  – food hygiene

4. ECONOMY OF RESOURCES

water

food

fuel

materials

5. CLEARING UP

during  work

after work

 

*KKE*

 

  AREAS OF ASSESSMENT Max score Actual score Remarks
1 RECIPE

(a) Availability

(b) Correct qualities

(c) Suitability of menu

 

Order of work

(a) Availability

(b) Correct sequences

List of food stuffs and equipment

(a) Availability

(b) Adequacy

(c) Appropriateness

 

1

2

1

 

 

 

1

1

1

1

1

   
    9    
2.  PREPARATION

Correct procedure

Main meal

Drink

Method of cooking (at least 2)

Quality of results

(a)Main meal

(b) Drink

 

 

2

2

1

 

1

1

   
    7    
3. PRESENTATION

Utensils

(a)   Appropriate

(b)  Clean

(c)   Centre piece

 

 

1

½

½

   
    2    
  Grand total 18    

 

 

*MUM*

AREAS OF ASSESSMENT MAX SCORE ACTUAL SCORE REMARKS
1. PLAN

–  Recipe

– Correct quantities

– Suitability of items

 

Order of work

– Availability

– Proper sequence

 

List of food stuffs materials and equipments

– Availability

– Adequacy

– Appropriateness

 

1

1

1

 

 

1

½

 

 

1

½

1

7

   
2. PREPARATION

Correct procedure                                                                  – Protein

– Carbohydrates

– Vitamin

– Drink

Methods of cooking (atleast 2)

 

Quality of results

– Protein

– carbohydrate

– Vitamin

– Drink

 

 

1

2

1

1

1

 

 

1

1

1

1

10

   
3. PRESENTATION
  • Utensils

– Appropriate

– Clean

– All placed in one container

 

Hygiene

–        Personal ( ½ )  Food  ( ½ )

Economy of resources

– Water ( ½ )

– Fuel ( ½ )

– Materials ( ½ )

– Food ( ½ )

Cleaning up

During work (1)

After work (1)

TOTAL

 

 

1

1

1

3

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

5

25

   

 

 

*STK*

  AREAS OF ASSESSMENT MAXIMUM SCORE ACTUAL SCORE REMARKS
1. PLAN      
  (a) RECIPES

–        availability

–        correct quantities (for two people)

– correct choice (meals for adolescents)

i.e well balanced meal

 

½

½

 

1

   
  (b) order of work

– availability

– proper sequencing

 

½

1

   
  (c) List of foodstuffs, equipment and other materials

Availability

– Adequacy

– Appropriateness

 

 

½

½

½

5

   
 

 

2

 

PREPARATION

     
  a)     Correct procedure of

protein dish

– Carbohydrate dish

– Vegetable

– Fruit juice

 

2

2

2

2

8

   
  b)     Methods of cooking

(at least two)

Quality of results

protein dish

– Carbohydrates dish

– Vegetable

– Fruit juice

 

1

 

1

1

1

1

5

   
3. PRESENTATION      
  a)     Utensils

–        appropriateness

–        cleanliness

–        presence of a centre piece

–        general impression

–        personal hygiene

–        food hygiene

 

½

½

½

½

½

½

3

   
4. ECONOMY OF RESOURCES

Water

– food

– fuel

– materials

 

½

½

½

½

2

   
5. Clearing up

– During work

– After work

 

1

1

2

   
  GRAND TOTAL 25MARKS    

 

 

*TNW*

 

PLAN  AND AREAS OF ASSESSMENT     Remarks
A. Plan

i) Recipes – Availability.

– Correct quantities for two.

– Correct choice for a visitor.

ii) Order of work availability.

–        Proper sequencing.

–        Dovetailing / overlapping of activities.

iii)  List of food stuff & equipment.

                 –   Availability.

–        Adequacy.

–        Appropriate

 

1

1

1

 

2

2

 

1

1

1

   
                                                Sub total 10    
 

 

B. The Test

i) Preparation  – Correct procedure    – Protein

– Starch

– Vegetables

– Nutrients

N/B: ½ Mark for fruit juice.

ii) Methods of cooking (at least 2)

iii) Quantity of the items enough for two.- Protein

– Starch

– Vegetables

– Nutritious drink

iv) Quality of items (results).     – Proteins

– Starch

– Vegetables

– Nutritious drink

 

2

2

2

2

 

2

2

2

2

 

2

2

2

2

   
                                                       Sub total 26    
C. Presentation

i) Utensils – Appropriate.

– Cleanliness.

ii) Table setting – cleanliness.

– Centre piece.

– Correct cover for the course.

N/B: Check the laying of cartulary.

iii) Personal & food hygiene – Personal appearance.

– Cleanliness during food preparation.

 

 

1

1

1

1

1

 

1

1

 

   
                                                      Sub total 8    
D. Economy of resources.  – Water

– Food

– Fuel

– Material

1

1

1

1

   
                                                          Sub total 4    
E. General Cleanliness

     (i) During work.

(ii) After work.

 

1

1

   
                                                          Sub total 2    

 

 

 

*STK 2*

AREAS OF ASSESSMENT PLAN MAX SCORE SCORE REMARKS
Recipe

–        Availability

–        Correct quantities

–        Suitability of menu

Order of work

–        Availability

–        Correct sequencing

–        List of foodstuff and equipment

–        Availability

–        Adequacy

–        Appropriateness

 

1

1

 

 

½

1

 

½

1

1

   
  7    
PREPARATION

–        Correct procedure /manipulative skills

–         Proteins

–        Carbohydrates

–         Vitamins

–        Beverage

–        Methods of cooking-at least two

Quality of results

–        Proteins

–        Carbohydrates

–        Vitamins

–        Beverage

 

 

1

1

1

1

1

 

1

1

1

1

   
       
Presentation

Utensils

-clean

– appropriate

Use of garnishes/decorations

–        Availability of a centre piece

–        – General impression

 

 

1

1

1

½

1

   
       
General  Hygiene

–        Personal

–        Food

–        Economy of resources

–        Water ( ½ )  food ( ½ )

–        Fuel ( ½ ) materials ½

Clearing up

–        – during work

–        – after work

 

 

½

½

 

 

 

2

½

1

   
Sub total

 

9    
Total 25    

 

 

*STK 3*

  PLAN  
1. RECIPES

–        Availability

–        Adequacy

–        Correct choice

Order of work

–        availability

–        Logical sequencing

–        Appropriate timing of tasks

–         Divertaiting

List of food stuff  and equipment

-Availability

– Adequacy

– Appropriateness

 

PREPARATION OF COOKING MEAL

Correct choice of one course meal

Correct procedure

–        Carbohydrate

–        Protein

–        Vegetable

–        Drink

Variety of cooking methods at least two

 

QUALITY OF RESULTS

–        Proteins

–        Carbohydrate

–        Vegetable

–        Drink

PRESENTATION

Utensils

Appropriateness

Free from smudges

Garnishes

Presence of a centre piece

General impression

 

GENERAL IMPRESSION

Hygiene

–        Personal and food

–        Economy of resources

–        Water

–        Food

–        Fuel

–        materials

 

 

CLEANING UP

Daring work

After work

TOTAL

 

½

½

½

 

½

½

1

½

 

½

½

½

06

 

 

1

1

1

1

1

1

06

 

1

1

1

1

04

 

 

½

½

½

½

1

04

 

 

 

1

½

½

½

½

03

 

1

1

02

25

 

 

Mang’u High Latest KCSE Mock Exam Papers with Answers

Download free Mang’u High Latest KCSE Mock Exam Papers with Answers:

Mang’u High KCSE Mock AGRI PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock AGRI PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock BIO CONFIDENTIAL

Mang’u High KCSE Mock BIO PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock BIO PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock BIO PP3

Mang’u High KCSE Mock BS PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock BS PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock CHEM CONFIDENTIAL

Mang’u High KCSE Mock CHEM PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock CHEM PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock CHEM PP3

Mang’u High KCSE Mock COMP PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock COMP PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock CRE PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock CRE PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock ENG PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock ENG PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock ENG PP3

Mang’u High KCSE Mock GEO PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock GEO PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock HISTORY PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock HISTORY PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock KIS PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock KIS PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock KIS PP3

Mang’u High KCSE Mock MATHS PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock MATHS PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock PHYS CONFIDENTIAL

Mang’u High KCSE Mock PHYS PP1

Mang’u High KCSE Mock PHYS PP2

Mang’u High KCSE Mock PHYS PP3

Download the 2022 KCPE Results Pdf for the Whole School – Simplified Procedure

How to Download the 2022/2023 KCPE Results Pdf for the Whole School 2022. KCPE 2022 Results in 2022.

Guidelines on how to download KNEC 2022 KCPE Examination Results 2022. KCPE 2022 Results 2022.

This is how to download 2021 KCPE results 2022. Send SMS to 20076 with your index number.

This system allows you to search for KCPE results and download the results slip.

KCPE results download. Form 1 results of schools selection. Find the full details of the KCPE examination results plus how to check for your exam result via SMS and online from links below.

2022 KCPE Results Will Still Be Released Early This Year
2022 KCPE Results Will Still Be Released This Year
2022 KCPE, KCPE Assessments to Be Concluded
2022 KCPE Results Will Still Be Released Early This Year
2022 KCPE Results Will Still Be Released This Year
2022 KCPE, KCPE Assessments to Be Concluded
2022 KCPE Results Will Still Be Released Early This Year
2022 KCPE Results Will Still Be Released This Year
2022 KCPE, KCPE Assessments to Be Concluded
Are 2022 KCPE Certificates Out?
Are 2022 KCPE Results Out?
Are 2022 KCPE Certificates Out?
Are 2023 KCPE Results Out?
Are 2023 KCPE Certificates Out?
Are 2023 KCPE Results Out?
Are KCPE Results Released?
Can I Get My KCPE Certificate Online?
Can I Get My KCPE Result Slip Online?
Can Knec Change a Student Name in KCPE Certificate?
Can You Learn by Just Reading?
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 After
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 This Afternoon
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 This Morning
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 After
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 This Afternoon
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 This Morning
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 After
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 This Afternoon
Cs Magoha Expected to Release KCPE Results 2022 This Morning
Cs Magoha Set to Release KCPE 2022 Results
Cs Magoha Set to Release KCPE 2022 Results
Cs Magoha Set to Release KCPE 2022 Results
Expected Date for KCPE Results
Fadhili Junior School KCPE 2022 Results
Fadhili Junior School KCPE 2022 Results
Fadhili Junior School KCPE 2022 Results
Find 2022 KCPE Release
Find 2022 KCPE Release
Find 2022 KCPE Release
How Can I Change My Name in KCPE Certificate?
How Can I Cheat in Exams?
How Can I Cheat in Online Test?
How Can I Check My 2022 KCPE Results Online?
How Can I Check My 2022 KCPE Results Online?
How Can I Check My 2022 KCPE Results Online?
How Can I Check My KCPE 2022?
How Can I Check My KCPE 2022?
How Can I Check My KCPE 2022?
How Can I Check My KCPE Certificate Is Genuine?
How Can I Check My KCPE Registration 2022?
How Can I Check My KCPE Registration 2022?
How Can I Check My KCPE Registration 2022?
How Can I Check My KCPE Results for 2022 Whole School?
How Can I Check My KCPE Results for 2022 Whole School?
How Can I Check My KCPE Results for 2022 Whole School?
How Can I Check My KCPE Results Online?
How Can I Check My KCPE Results?
How Can I Check My Knec Certificate?
How Can I Check My Knec College Result?
How Can I Check My Knec Result via Sms?
How Can I Get Good Marks in KCPE?
How Can I Get KCPE Result From 2022 by Sms?
How Can I Get KCPE Result From 2022 by Sms?
How Can I Get KCPE Result From 2022 by Sms?
How Can I Get Lost KCPE Certificate?
How Can I Get My KCPE Certificate Online?
How Can I Get My KCPE Result Slip Online?
How Can I Get My KCPE Results 2022?
How Can I Get My KCPE Results 2022?
How Can I Get My KCPE Results 2022?
How Can I Get My KCPE Results Online 2022?
How Can I Get My KCPE Results Online 2022?
How Can I Get My KCPE Results Online 2022?
How Can I Get My KCPE School Results?
How Can I Memorize Faster?
How Can I Retrieve My KCPE Certificate?
How Can I Verify My Degree Certificate Online?
How Do I Access Knec Portal?
How Do I Ask for KCPE Results?
How Do I Check My Igcse Results Online?
How Do I Check My KCPE Results 2022?
How Do I Check My KCPE Results 2022?
How Do I Check My KCPE Results 2022?
How Do I Check My KCPE Results for the Whole School?
How Do I Contact Knec?
How Do I Create a Knec Portal Account?
How Do I Download KCPE Result Slips?
How Do I Get My College Knec Results?
How Do I Get My Knec Result Slip?
How Do I Get My Original Certificate if I Lost It?
How Do I Verify a Degree Certificate?
How Do You Get 100 in All Exams?
How Do You Study Secretly?
How KCPE Is Standardized?
How Long Does KCPE Certificate Take to Be Released?
How Long Will It Take Cs Maghoa Realese the KCPE Results
How Long Will It Take Cs Magoha Release the KCPE Results
How Long Will It Take Cs Magoha Release the KCPE Results 2022
How Long Will It Take Cs Magoha Release the KCPE Results 2022
How Long Will It Take Cs Magoha Release the KCPE Results 2022
How Many Students Sat for KCPE 2022?
How Many Students Sat for KCPE 2022?
How Many Students Sat for KCPE 2022?
How to Check Knec Technical Results Online
How to View Knec Results Online
How Was the Performance of KCPE 2022?
How Was the Performance of KCPE 2021?
How Was the Performance of KCPE 2022?
Is It Possible to Change Name in Educational Certificates?
Is KCPE 2022 Timetable Out?
Is KCPE 2022 Timetable Out?
Is KCPE 2022 Timetable Out?
Is Studying at 3am Good?
K.c.p.e 2022 Mathematics
K.c.p.e 2022 Mathematics
K.c.p.e 2022 Mathematics
KCPE 2022
KCPE 2022 Answers
KCPE 2022 Dates
KCPE 2022 Leakage
KCPE 2022 Prediction
KCPE 2022 Results Release Date by Knec
KCPE 2022 Results Release Day and Dates by Knec
KCPE 2022 Results Will Be Released in April
KCPE 2022 Results Will Be Released in April 2022
KCPE 2022 Results Will Be Released in April 2022
KCPE 2022 Timetable
KCPE 2022 Timetable – Download Pdf
KCPE 2022: Cs Magoha Releases Report on Cheating in KCPE
KCPE 2022
KCPE 2022 Answers
KCPE 2022 Dates
KCPE 2022 Leakage
KCPE 2022 Prediction
KCPE 2022 Results Release Date by Knec
KCPE 2022 Results Release Day and Dates by Knec
KCPE 2022 Results Will Be Released in April
KCPE 2022 Results Will Be Released in April 2021
KCPE 2022 Timetable
KCPE 2022 Timetable – Download Pdf
KCPE 2022: Cs Magoha Releases Report on Cheating in KCPE
KCPE 2022
KCPE 2022 Answers
KCPE 2022 Dates
KCPE 2022 Leakage
KCPE 2022 Prediction
KCPE 2022 Results Release Date by Knec
KCPE 2022 Results Release Day and Dates by Knec
KCPE 2022 Results Will Be Released in April
KCPE 2022 Results Will Be Released in April 2022
KCPE 2022 Timetable
KCPE 2022 Timetable – Download Pdf
KCPE 2022: Cs Magoha Releases Report on Cheating in KCPE
KCPE and KCPE 2020 Exams
KCPE and KCPE 2021 Exams
KCPE and KCPE 2022 Exams
KCPE Exam Marking Begins, Results Expected by Mid-april
KCPE Release Date 2022 May
KCPE Release Date 2022 May
KCPE Release Date 2022 May
KCPE Release Date May 2022
KCPE Release Date May 2022
KCPE Release Date May 2022
KCPE Results
KCPE Results 2022
KCPE Results 2022 Full List
KCPE Results 2022 Online
KCPE Results 2022 Per County
KCPE Results 2022 Release Date
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE Exam Results
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE Results
KCPE Results 2022 Top 100 Schools
KCPE Results 2022
KCPE Results 2022 Full List
KCPE Results 2022 Online
KCPE Results 2022 Per County
KCPE Results 2022 Release Date
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE
KCPE Results 2021 Release: How to Download KCPE Exam Results
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE Results
KCPE Results 2022 Top 100 Schools
KCPE Results 2022
KCPE Results 2022 Full List
KCPE Results 2022 Online
KCPE Results 2022 Per County
KCPE Results 2022 Release Date
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE Exam Results
KCPE Results 2022 Release: How to Download KCPE Results
KCPE Results 2022 Top 100 Schools
KCPE Results Per School
KCPE Results Release Dates 2020
KCPE Results Release Dates 2021
KCPE Results Release Dates 2022
KCPE Revealed 2020
KCPE Revealed 2021
KCPE Revealed 2022
Knec KCPE 2020 Release; How to Receive KCPE Results
Knec KCPE 2020 Results Release Date Is – 2020
Knec KCPE 2021 Release; How to Receive KCPE Results
Knec KCPE 2021 Results Release Date Is – 2021
Knec KCPE 2022 Release; How to Receive KCPE Results
Knec KCPE 2022 Results Release Date Is – 2022
Knec Portal
Knec Releases Deadline for Verification of 2020 KCPE, KCPE
Knec Releases Deadline for Verification of 2021 KCPE, KCPE
Knec Releases Deadline for Verification of 2022 KCPE, KCPE
Knec Releases Results for KCPE 2020 Candidates
Knec Releases Results for KCPE 2021 Candidates
Knec Releases Results for KCPE 2022 Candidates
Knec Releases Revised KCPE & KCPE Exam Timetables
Knec Results for Colleges 2020
Knec Results for Colleges 2021
Knec Results for Colleges 2022
Magoha News About KCPE 2020
Magoha News About KCPE 2021
Magoha News About KCPE 2022
Magoha Releases 2020 KCPE Results With Half of Students
Magoha Releases 2021 KCPE Results With Half of Students
Magoha Releases 2022 KCPE Results With Half of Students
Release Date of KCPE 2020
Release Date of KCPE 2021
Release Date of KCPE 2022
Release Dates of KCPE 2020
Release Dates of KCPE 2021
Release Dates of KCPE 2022
Release of Ecde Results 2020
Release of Ecde Results 2021
Release of Ecde Results 2022
Release of Examinations Results – Knec

Mathematics KCSE Mock Exams and Answers {Latest Best Collections}

 

MOCKS 1 2023

 

121/1MATHSPAPER 1MARKING SCHEME

1. Numerator:

Denominator:

M1

M1

 

A1

Numerator

Denominator

    03  
2. N;(

D;

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

Numerator

 

denominator

    03  
3. UK

                    =

 

 

M1

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

Expression

 

 

 

Expression

 

CAO

    03  
4. M1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparing powers

 

 

    03  
5.  

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 

Equation

 

 

 

 

Expression

 

    03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
6.
No. Log
2 0.3010
0.324  +
1.7642 0.2465 x 2

0.4930              –

5.42 0.7340 +

1.2270

 

0.4428

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

All logs correct

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attempt to divide

    03  
7.   B1

 

B1

 

B1

2y<x +4

 

4y – x- 4

 

 

x2

    03  
8. Midpoint (  

M1

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

    03  
9. LCM = 900 = 22 x 32 x 52

36 = 22 x 32

60 = 22 x 3 x 5

Least possible number = 2 x 3 x 52= 150

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

GCD/LCM

 

36/60

    03  
10. M1

 

M1

 

A1

 
    03  
11.  

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

Substitution

 

 

 

 

 

For both

    03  
12.  (a) 5         Tan θ =

4

3

(b) Cos (180 – θ) = –

B1

 

B1

 

 

B1

 
    03  
13.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Complete net, well labelled

    03  
14.  

 

M1

 

M1

 

A1

 
    03  
 

15.

 

(i)

<BOD = 2 <DAB = 2 x 87 = 1740

 

(ii)

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

<AOB

Property

 

<ADT

Property

16. (i)

 

(ii)

 

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

A1

 

B1

 
    04  
17. (a) Distance after 30mins

                        Relative

                                                        = 20km/hr

 

                       =

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

M1

A1

 

 

For both distance

 

 

 

 

Relative distance

 

Relative speed

 

 

Relative time

    10

 

 

 

 

 
18. (a)   OP = a +  (ba)

= a + b

BQ = ab

 

(b)  (i)OC = h

=

            OC = b + k

= ka + (1 – k)b

h =

h = k

h = 1 – k

k = 1 – k

2k = 3 – 3k

5k = 3

k = h =

(ii) OC =

=

 

(iii)BC: CQ = :

BC:CQ = 3:2

 

B1

 

B1

 

 

M1

 

M1

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

B1

 
    10  
19.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fd
 9.5 19 0.2
 24.5 539 1.1
 44.5 2225 2.5
69.5 1668 0.8
89.5 179 0.2
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total area = 2 + 22 + 50 + 24 + 2 = 100

50 – (2 + 22) = 26+26 = 2.5 x y, y = 10.4

Median = 34.5 + 10.4

 = 44.9

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

S1

B1

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

A1

 

fx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.d

 

scale

 

 

 

For median line

    10  
20. a)
x -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
y 30 13 2 -3 -2 5 18 37

b)

c) i) x = + 0.4

x = -1.7         + 0.1

ii) y = 3x2 + 4x – 2

0 = 3x2 + 7x + 2

y = -3x – 4

x = -2 or  x = -0.4      + 0.1

 

B2

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

B1

L1

 

B1

 

All ü

at least 6 ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For equation of line

For ü line drawn

    10  
21.  

(b) A1(4,-4) B1(7,-3) C1(2,-1)

(c) A11(4,4) B11(3,7) C11(1,2)

(d) A111(4,-4) B111(3,-7) C111(1,-2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

B1

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For plotting

For ∆ABC

For ∆A1B1C1

For construction or otherwise

For ∆A11B11C11

 

 

For construction or otherwise

For ∆A111B111C111

    10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
22. a)

b) 2.1 + 0.1cm

200km, 210km, 220km

c) i) Bearing of M from N = 0100+ 10

ii) Bearing of N from M = 1900+ 10

S1

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

B2

 

 

 

M1

A1

B1

B1

1cm rep.100km

 

 

<300 at P

 

 

<450 at Q

 

 

üpositions of PQM and N

 

 

ülabelling 540km, 360km, 500km allü

    10  
23. (b)

 

(ii) Volume of frustum

 

(c)    

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 
    10  
24.  

(i)

 

(ii)

(c)

Maximum speed,

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For both

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    10  

 

NAME:………………………………………………..          INDEX NO………………………………
SCHOOL:……………………………………..………          STREAM:…………… ADM:………….

CANDIDATE’S SIGN …………………………….… DATE …………………………………..

121/1

MATHEMATICS

Paper 1

FORM 4

JULY 2023
Time: 2 ½ Hours

 

                MOCKS 1 2023

 

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

  1. Write your name, stream, admission number and index number in the spaces provided above.
  2. The paper contains two sections, Section I and II
  3. Answer all questions in section I and ONLY any FIVE questions from section II.
  4. All answers and working must be shown on the question paper in the spaces below each question
  5. Show all steps in your calculations, giving answers at each stage
  6. Marks may be given for each correct working even if the answer is wrong
  7. Non-programmable silent electronic calculators and KNEC mathematical tables may be used.

 

FOR EXAMINERS USE ONLY

 

Section I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Total
                                 

 

 

Section II                                                                                            Grand Total

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Total
                 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This paper consists of 16 printed pages. Candidates should check the question paper to ensure that all pages are printed as indicated and no questions are missing.

SECTION I (50 MARKS)

Answer all questions in this Section

 

 

  1. Evaluate :                                                                                             (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Simplify completely                         (3 mks)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use the exchange rates below to answer this question.

Buying                                    Selling

1 US dollar                                                     63.00                           63.20

1 UK £                                                            125.30                         125.95

Abwanja, a tourist arriving in Kenya from Britain had 9600 UK Sterling pounds (£). He converted the pounds to Kenya shillings at a commission of 5%. While in Kenya, he spent ¾ of this money. He changed the balance to US dollars after his stay. If he was not charged any commission for this last transaction, calculate to the nearest US dollars, the amount he received.             (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solve for x in the following equation.                                              (3mks)

4x (8x – 1) = tan 45o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The sum of interior angles of two regular polygons of sides; n and n + 2 are in the ratio 3:4. Calculate the sum of the interior angles of the polygon with n sides.                                          (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use logarithms to evaluate the following correct to 4 decimal places.

(3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. By shading, show the region defined by the following linear inequalities (3mks)

2y < x + 4;  4y ≥ –x – 4;  x ≤ 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Find the equation of locus of points equidistant from points A (6, 5) and B (-2, 3) in the form

y = mx + c                                                                                                                                       (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The GCD of three numbers is 6 and their LCM is 900. If two of the numbers are 36 and 60, find the least possible third number.                         (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use the tables of squares, cube roots and reciprocals to evaluate             (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solve the following pair of simultaneous equations using substitution method             (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Given that Sin q = 0.8 and q is an acute angle, find without using tables or calculators

(a)       Tanq                                                                                                                              (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  • Cos (180 – q                                                                                                            (1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The figure below is a triangular prism of uniform cross-section in which AF = FB =3cm,

AB = 4cm and BC = 5cm. Draw a clearly labeled net of the prism.                                                 (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The mass of two similar cans is 960g and 15000g. If the total surface area of the smaller can is 144cm2, determine the surface area of the larger can.                                     (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the circle below, O is the centre, angle DAB = 870 , minor Arc AB is twice minor arc AD. CD is a tangent to the circle at D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Giving reasons, Calculate the size of;

 

(i)         Angle AOB.                                                                                                                 (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)        Angle ADT                                                                                                                   (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A sector of a circle of radius 42cm subtends an angle of at the centre of the circle. The sector is folded into an inverted right cone. Calculate

(i)         The radius of the cone                                                                                                  (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)        To one decimal place the vertical height of the cone                                                      (1mk)

 

 

 

 

SECTION II: 50 MARKS

Answer any FIVE questions in this section

 

  1. A bus and a Nissan left Nairobi for Eldoret, a distance of 340 km at 7.00 a.m. The bus travelled at 100km/h while the Nissan travelled at 120km/h. After 30 minutes, the Nissan had a puncture which took 30 minutes to mend.
  • Find how far from Nairobi did the Nissan caught up with the bus                         (5mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • At what time of the day did the Nissan catch up with the bus?                         (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Find the time at which the bus reached Eldoret                         (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the diagram below OA = a, OB = b the points P and Q are such that AP = 2/3 AB, OQ = 1/3 OA

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Express OP and BQ in terms of a and b                                                                         (2 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

(b) If OC = hOP and BC = kBQ, Express OC in two different way and hence

(i)  Deduce the value of h and k.                                                                                      (5 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)  Express vector OC in terms of a and b only.                                                            (2 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

(iii) State the ratio in which C divides BQ                                                                      (1 mk)

 

 

 

  1. The table below shows the marks scored in a Mathematics examination.
  • Calculate the mean mark (3mks)
Marks Frequency        
5 – 14 2        
15 – 34 22        
35 – 54 50        
55 – 84 24        
85 – 94 2        
  • Draw a histogram to represent the above information             (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Using the histogram, find the median mark (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Given the quadratic function y = 3x2 + 4x – 2
  2. a) Complete the table below for values of x ranging – 4 < x <                                  (2mks)
x -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
y                
  1. b) Using the grid provided draw the graph of y = 3x2 + 4x – 2 for -4 < x < 3              (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. c) Using the graph, find the solution to the equations.
  2. i) 3x2 + 4x – 2 = 0                                                                                              (2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) 3x2 + 7x + 2 = 0                                                                                              (3mks)

 

 

 

  1.  A triangle ABC has vertices A(2,1), B(5,2) and C(0,4).

(a) On the grid provided plot the triangle ABC.                                                                                                                                           (2 mks)

 

 

 

(b)  A1B1C1 is the image of ABC under a translation . Plot A1B1C1 and state its coordinates.                                                                                                               (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) Plot A11B11C11 the image of A1B1C1 under a rotation about the origin through a negative quarter turn. State its coordinates.                                                            (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d) A111B111C111 is the image of A11B11C11 under a reflection on the line y = 0. Plot A111B111C111 and state its coordinates.                                                                                                                                                          (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Two Airstrips P and Q are such that Q is 500km due East of P. Two warplanes M and N

Leave from P and Q respectively at the same time. Warplane M moves at 360km/h on a bearing of 0300.  Warplane N moves at a speed of 240km/h on a bearing of 3150.  The two warplanes landed at Police camps A and B respectively after 90 minutes. Using a scale of 1cm represent 100km

  1. a) Show the relative positions of the two police camps A and B                                  (6mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)       Find the shortest distance between the police camps A and B.                                (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)       Find the true bearing of;

  1. i) Police camp A from B                                                                                                (1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) Police camp B from A                                                                                                (1mk)

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below represents square based pyramid standing vertically. AB = 12cm, PQ = 4cm and the height of pyramid PQSV is 10cm.
 
 

 

 
 
 
 
  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • If PQRSV is a solid, find the volume of material used to make it.       (2mks)

 

 

 

  • Find the
  • height of the frustum ABCDPQRS                                                                    (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Volume of the frustum                                                                                (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  • The liquid from a hemisphere is poured into PQRS. Find radius correct to 4 significant figures of the hemisphere if the liquid from hemisphere filled the solid completely.                                                                                                                (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The displacement h metres of a particle moving along a straight line after t seconds

is given by h = -2t3 + 3/2 t2 + 3t

(a) Find the initial acceleration.                                                                                            (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Calculate

(i) The time when the particle was momentarily at rest.                                          (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) Its displacement by the time it comes to rest momentarily.                               (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c ) Calculate the maximum speed attained.                                                                                     (2mks)

 

                MOCKS 1 2023

 

121/2 MATHEMATICS PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

 

Qn Workings Marks Comments
1. b2 = 4ac

52 = c + 2

25 = c + 2

c = 23

 

M1

 

A1

 

Correct expression in C

    02  
2. Truncated = 0.777

Rounded off = 0.778

A.E = 0.778 – 0.777 = 0.001

% E =  x 100

= 0.12870012870012870012870012870013

 

B1

 

M1

A1

 

For both values correct

 

Expression for % Error

Allow 0.1287

    03  
3.    =

P(-8.5, -20, -11)

 

M1

A1

B1

 

Expression

Correct matrix

Co-ordinate form

    03  
4.  x

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

A1

 

Correct substitution in sine rule

 

Surd form for sin 600

 

Correct attempt to rationalize

CAO

 

    04  
5. (x3)6 -6 (x3)5  + 15 (x3)4 2 – 20 (x3)3 3 . . .

– 20 (x3)3 3

– 20 x 8 =

– 160

 

M1

 

M1

A1

 

Expansion up to the 4th term

 

Correct attempt to simplify

Constant term stated

    03  
6. Let log3x = y

2y2 – y – 3 = 0

(2y – 3)(y + 1) = 0

y = -1 or y = 1 ½

if  log3x = -1, x = 3-1 = 1/3

if  log3x = 1 ½ , x = 31.5 = 5.196

 

 

M1

A1

 

B1

 

 

Quadratic equation formed

For both correct

 

For both correct

    03  
7. P = cp – d = 13800 – 2280 = 11520

I = 11520 x 20 x 2/100= 4608

A = P + I = 11520 + 4608 = 16128

MI= 16128 ÷ 24

= 672

 

M1

 

M1 A1

 

Expression for simple interest

 

Expression for MI

 

    03  
8. 2ax + x2 = 3v

x2 + 2ax – 3v = 0

x2 + 2ax +a2 = 3v + a2

√(x + a)2 = √(3v +a2)

x + a = ±√(3v +a2)

x = -a ± √(3v +a2)

 

M1

 

M1

 

A1

 

Formation of quadratic equation

Completing the square

Correct attempt to solve

    03  
9.
x 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5
y 14.75 26.75 77.75 68.75 98.75

A= 1(14.75 +26.75+77.75+68.75+98.75)

= 253.75 square units

 

 

B1

M1

A1

 

 

Correct values of mid-ordinates

Expression for area

 

    03  
10. OA = OP = 5 units

AM = 5 – 2 = 3 units

OM = √(52 – 32) = 4 units

C(5,4) , r = 5

(x – 5)2 + (y – 4)2 = 52

x2 – 10x + 25 + y2 – 8y + 16 = 25

x2 + y2 -10x – 8y + 16 = 0

M1

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

A1

Expression for midpoint

Radius, r

 

Expression for OM

 

 

Correct substitution

 

Correct expanded form

    04  
11.  = 1.736k

% change =

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

Correct substitution

 

Expression for percentage change

 

    03  
12. 3sin2x – sin x – 2 = 0

Let sin x = y

3y2 – y -2 = 0

(3y + 2)(y – 1 ) = 0

y = 1 or y = -2/3

sin-1(1) = 900

sin-1(-2/3) = 221.80, 317.80

x = 900, 221.80, 317.80

 

 

M1

M1

A1

 

 

B1

 

 

Quadratic equation formed

Correct attempt to solve

For both

 

 

All values correct

    04  
13. i) k + 2k + 3k + 4k + 5k + 6k = 1

21k = 1

ii) P(5&6) 0r P(6&5)

(

 

 

B1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Addition of probabilities (allow for any correct)

Allow

 

    03  
14. (a) Let VU = x

8(8 + x) = 122

8x = 144 – 64 =80

x = 10

b)  VX =

XU =

XT = 6 + 8 = 14

SX = √(142 – 122) = 7.211

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

x = 10

 

Expression for XT

    03  
15.
h 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79
f 9 16 19 26 20 10 4
cf 9 25 44 70 90 100 104

Q1 =

Q3 =

Quartile deviation =

 

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

Cf

 

Q1 and Q3

 

Expression for quartile deviation

Allow 16.47

    04  
16.  = 4:5  

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

 

Correct substitution

 

 

    02  
17. (a) (i) x-intercept

x2(2x + 3) = 0

(ii) y-intercept

When x =0, y = 0

(b) (i) Stationary points of curve

= 0

6x(x + 1) = 0

x = 0 or x = -1

stationary points (0,0) and (-1,1)

(ii)

x -2 -1 -0.5 0 1
  12 0 -1.5 0 12
sketch

maximum point (-1, 1), minimum point (0,0)

iii)

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

B1

 

M1

 

A1

B1

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

B1

 

Factorized form

 

Both correct

 

Both correct

 

Derivative equated to zero

 

Attempt to solve

For both

 

 

 

Checking points

 

 

For both

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Points plotted (-1.5,0), (-1,1), (0,0)

 

 

Smooth curve

18. a) (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii)

 

r = 5.2cm    ± 0.1

 

iii)

h = 5cm  ± 0.1

 

b) area of circle – area of triangle

=  84.98 – 21.25

= 63.73cm2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

 

B1

B1

 

 

M1

A1

Construction of 300

Construction of 1050

Complete triangle, well labeled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line bisectors

Complete Circle drawn

radius

 

height dropped

 

 

 

follow through for r and h ± 0.1

    10  

 

19
x 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360
2cosx-1 1 1.73   -1   -2.73   -2.73       0.73 1
sinx   0.50 0.87   0.87     -0.50 -0.87   -.087 0.50 0

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

S1

P1

C1

C1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

Scale

Plotting for both

Smooth curve

20. a) i)

 

ii)

b)i)

 

ii)

 

B1

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

M1

M1

 

A1

 

M1

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tree diagram draw with probabilities indicates

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü1 probability

Addition of the probability

 

 

ü probability

 

Addition

 

 

 

 

 

 

    10  
21.  

(a)(i)

Distance =

=longitude difference

=40+140=1800

 

=17,337.8Km

b) =60Î2

=1200

Distance =

=

=13,346.7km

(c) A(300N,400N)

 

B(300W,1400E)

Difference in longitude=140+40

=1800

10=4min

180=?

180Î4=720minutes

8.00+12.00=20.00

=12.00hrs/8.00pm

10

 

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

For 180o

 

 

 

 

 

 

    10  
22.  
Length in cm 9.5-12.5 12.5-15.5 15.5-18.5 18.5-21.5 21.5-24.5
No. of leaves 3 16 36 31 14
cf 3 19 55 86 100

 

 

 

 

 

 

c) i)  Q3  = 19.25, Q1 = 17.15

½ (Q3 – Q1) = ½ (19.25 – 17.15)

= 1.05

 

ii) 13cm – – 15.2, 17cm – – 15.8

15.8 – 15.2 = 0.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B2

B1

 

 

 

 

S1

P1

C1

 

 

B1

M1

A1

 

B1

B1

 

All values correct

At least 4 values correct

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3 & Q­1 correct

 

 

 

Correct cf values

 

    10  
23.
x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 3 3.5 5 7.5 11 15.5 21

 

 

 

 

 

 

Error:       54.5-54=0.5

 

=

 

 

B2

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

M1

M1

A1

 

B1

 

M1

A1

 
    10  
24. a)

 

 

 

 

b)

 

 

300
250
200
150
100
50
0
300
250
200
150
100
50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c)     Objective function

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

For each correct inequality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For each correct line drawn

 

    10  

 

NAME:………………………………………………..          INDEX NO………………………………
SCHOOL:……………………………………..………          STREAM:…………… ADM:………….

CANDIDATE’S SIGN …………………………….… DATE …………………………………..

121/2

MATHEMATICS

Paper 2

FORM 4
Time: 2 ½ Hours

 

MOCKS 1 2023

 

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

  1. Write your name, stream, admission number and index number in the spaces provided above.
  2. The paper contains two sections, Section I and II
  3. Answer all questions in section I and ONLY any FIVE questions from section II.
  4. All answers and working must be shown on the question paper in the spaces below each question
  5. Show all steps in your calculations, giving answers at each stage
  6. Marks may be given for each correct working even if the answer is wrong
  7. Non-programmable silent electronic calculators and KNEC mathematical tables may be used.

 

FOR EXAMINERS USE ONLY

 

Section I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Total
                                 

 

 

Section II                                                                                            Grand Total

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Total
                 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                     

This paper consists of 18 printed pages. Candidates should check the question paper to ensure that all pages are printed as indicated and no questions are missing.

SECTION I

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided (50marks)

  1. The expression x2 + 10x + c + 2 = 0is a perfect square. Find the value of c if it is a scalar. (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Muya was asked to truncate 7/9 to 3 significant figures. He rounded it off instead to 3 decimal places. Calculate the percentage error resulting from his rounding off.                                      (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The co-ordinates of a point A is (2, 8, 3) and B is (-4, -8, -5). A point P divides AB externally in the ratio 7: -3.

Find the co-ordinates of P                        (3mks)

 

 

 

  1. In a triangle XYZ, XY = 2cm, YZ (2√3-1) cm, and angle YXZ = 600. Determine Sine XZY giving your answer in the form m + √3,where M and N are integers                               (4mks)

n

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Find the independent term of x in the expansion of (x32/X3) 6 (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solve for x: (log3x)2 – ½ log3x= 3/2       (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The cash price of a T.V set is Ksh.13,800. Walter opts to buy the set on hire purchase terms by paying deposit of Ksh.2,280. If simple interest of 20% p.a is charged on the balance and the customer is required to pay by monthly installments for 2 years, calculate the amount of each installment.         (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Make x the subject of the formula ax = 3r   –  x2                                             (3mks)

2       2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Calculate the area under the curvey = 3x2 + 8 and bounded by lines;y = 0, x = 1 and x = 6, using the mid-ordinate rule with 5strips.                                                                                      (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A circle is tangent to the y – axis and intersects the x- axis at (2,0) and (8,0). Obtain the equation of the circle in the form x2 + y2 +ax +by +c = 0, where a, b and c are integers                              (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A variable y varies as the square of x and inversely as the square root of z. Find the percentage change in y when x is changed in the ratio 5:4 and z reduced by 19%                                           (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solve for X in the equation:

2 Sin2x – 1 = Cos2x + Sin x, for 00 ≤ x ≤ 3600                                         (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A die is biased so that when tossed, the probability of a narrator of a number n showing up, is given by p(n) = kn where k is a constant and n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (the numbers of the faces of the die)
  2. Find the value of k       (1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. If the die is tossed twice, calculate the probability that the total score is 11       (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure below, the tangent ST meets chord VU produced at T. Chord SW passes through the Centre, O of the circle and intersects chord VU at X. Line ST = 12cm and UT = 8cm.

 

S

 

 

T

 

 

O

U

X
V
W

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Calculate the length of chord VU             (1mk)

 

 

  1. If VX : XU = 2 : 3, Find SX                                                                                                  (2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Dota measured the heights in centimeters of 104 trees seedlings are shown in the table below
Height 10 – 19 20 – 29 30 – 39 40 – 49 50 – 59 60 – 69 70 – 79
No. of Seedlings 9 16 19 26 20 10 4

 

Calculate the quartile deviation                                                                                             (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Given that the ratio x:y = 2:3, find the ratio (5x – 2y) : (x +y)                                         (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION II

Answer ONLY five questions in this section (50marks)

  1. A curve is represented by the function, y = 2x3 + 3x2
  2. Find:(i) the x-intercept of the curve             (2mks)

 

 

(ii) the y-intercept of the curve                                                                                  (1mk)

 

 

  1. (i) Determine the stationary points of the curve of the curve                                              (3mks)

 

 

 

 

(ii) For each point in b(i) above, determine if it is maximum or minimum                        (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Sketch the curve in the space below                                     (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use ruler and a pair of compasses only in this question
  2. Construct; (i) triangle ABC in which AB = 8.5cm, BC = 7.5cm and <BAC = 300and <ABC = 1050

(3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) a circle that passes through the vertices of triangle ABC. Measure the radius (3mks)

 

  • the height of triangle ABC with line AB as the base. Measure the height.       (2mks)

 

  1. Determine area of the circle that lies outside the triangle             (2mks)

 

  1. a) Complete the table below, giving your values to 2 decimal places                          (2mks)
x 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360
(2cos x) -1     0   -2   -3   -2 -1 0   1
Sin x 0     1   0.50 0     -1     0
  1. b) Draw the graph of y= (2 co x) – 1 and y=sin x on the grid provided below. Use the scale 1cm represent 300 horizontal 2 cm represent 1 unit vertically and 2cm for 1 unit on the y-axis (4 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. c) Use the graph to solve:
  2. i) (2cos x) – 1 = -1.5                                                                                          (1mk)

 

  1. ii) 2 cos x – sin x =1             (2mks)

 

 

  1. d) State the amplitude of the wave y=2cos x – 1             (1mk)

 

  1. A bag contains blue, green and red pens of the same type in the ratio 8:2:5 respectively. A pen is picked at random without replacement and its colour noted.
  2. a) Determine the probability that the first pen picked is
  3. i) Blue                                                                                                                (1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) Either green or red.                                                                                        (2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Using a tree diagram, determine the probability that
  2. i) The first two pens picked are both green                                                       (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) Only one of the first two pens picked is red.                                                             (3mks)

 

 

  1. A and B are two points on the earth’s surface and on latitude 300N.The two points are on the longitude 400W and 1040E respectively.

Calculate

(a)       (i)        The distance from A to B along a parallel of latitude in kilometres.                        (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       The shortest distance from A to B along a great circle in kilometre                        (4mks)

(Take =and radius of the earth =6370km)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)       If the local time at B is 8.00am, calculate the local time at A                                  (3mks)

 

 

 

  1. Lengths of 100 mango leaves from a certain mango tree were measured t the nearest centimeter and recorded as per the table below,
Length in cm 9.5-12.5 12.5-15.5 15.5-18.5 18.5-21.5 21.5-24.5
No. of Leaves 3 16 36 31 14
Cumulative frequency          
  1. Fill in the table above.                         (2 mks)
  2. Draw a cumulative frequency curve from the above data.             (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Use your graph to estimate
  2. i) The quartile deviation of the leaves                                                              (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) The number of leaves whose lengths lie between 13cm and 17cm.             (2mks)

 

 

  1. a) Use the trapezium rule with 7 ordinates to estimate the area enclosed by the curve and the lines x = 0, x = 6 and the x-axis.                                                                                   (4 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Determine the exact area bounded the curve and the lines in section a) above (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. c) Calculate the percentage error from the trapezoidal rule (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A manufacturer sells two types of books X and Y. Book X requires 3 rolls of paper while Book Y requires 21/2 rolls of paper. The manufacturer uses not more than 600 rolls of paper daily in making both books.  He must make not more than 100 books of type X and not less than 80 of type Y each day
  2. Write down four inequalities from this information             (4mks)

 

 

  1. On the grid provided, draw a graph to show inequalities in (a) above                          (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. If the manufacturer makes a profit of sh 80 on book X and a profit of sh 60 on book Y, how many books of each type must it make in order to maximize the profit.                                        (3mks)

 

Grade 9 Exam Papers

Get free KJSEA Grade 9 KNEC Exam Revision Papers and exams here: FREE CBC KJSEA

FREE CBC KJSEA G9-CRE.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Agriculture-paper-2.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-agriculture-paper-1.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Creattive-arts-and-sports-paper-2.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Creative-arts-and-sports-paper-1.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-IRE-2.docx
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Mathematics.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Integrated-Science-Paper-2.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Pre-Technical-Studies-Paper-1.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-English-paper-2.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Kiswahili-Paper-2-Insha-Fasihi.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Integrated_Science-Paper-1.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Social-Studies.docx
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-English-paper-1.doc
FREE CBC KJSEA G9-Pre-Technical-Studies-Paper-2.doc

Revision papers Grade 9,
Grade 9 Exams,
Get free Grade 9 CBC Juniour School Schemes of Work, Notes, Revision Materials, Exams, Past Papers , Lesson Plans and Lesson Notes

Latest Business Studies Form Three Refined Notes

 

  1. DEMAND AND SUPPLY

Meaning of demand

Demand is the quantity of a product that buyers are willing and able to buy at a given price over a given period of time.

 

Factors that determine the demand for a product (determinants of demand)

  1. The price of a product: if the price is low, more will be demanded, if high less will be demanded.
  2. The buyer’s income: the higher the people’s income the higher the demand for gods and services and vice versa.
  3. Government policy: if the government imposes high taxes on a commodity, it becomes expensive and less of it is demanded. The effects of a subsidy are to lower the price of the product leading to an increase in its demand. The government may also influence the demand of a product by enacting laws that either limits or promotes the consumption of a product.
  4. The population: with many people available more of the goods are demanded and if the people are few, less is bought from the market.
  5. Tastes, fashions and preferences: if people have a preference for a product they will demand more of it. If their preferences changes to another product, they will reduce the demand of the product they were using before.
  6. The distribution of incomes: where income is well distributed, the demand for goods and services is high as opposed to when the income in the hands of a few people.
  7. Future expectations of price changes: if the prices are expected to go up in the future, more goods will be demanded in the present and if the price is expected to go down in the future, fewer goods will be demanded in the present.
  8. The weather: certain goods are demanded more during certain weather conditions e.g heavy clothes during cold seasons or umbrellas during rainy seasons.
  9. Price of related products: for goods that are compliments of one another, e.g pen and ink, a fall in the price of one leads to an increase in the demand of the other. In the case of the goods that are substitutes of one another, e.g soda and fruit juice, an increase in the price of one leads to an increase in the demand of the other.
  10. The terms of sale: the better the terms of sale, for example, provision of credit or better discounts, the higher the demand for a given product.

 

Types of demand

 

Derived demand:  a product is said to have derived demand when it is demanded to help in the production of other goods and services for example the demand of building materials arising from the demand of houses.

Joint demand: items are said to have joint demand if the use of one will require the use of another. The goods are complimentarily used together like pen and ink.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand schedule and demand curve

Demand schedule

A demand schedule is a table showing the quantities of a commodity that consumers are willing and able to buy at different prices within a given period of time. A demand schedule can be prepared for an individual or for the entire market.

 

Demand curve

A demand curve is the graph showing the quantities demanded against the prices. On the y-axis is recorded price and the x-axis the quantities demanded.

 

Draw a demand curve given the following demand schedule

 

Price of the product in shs Quantity of the goods demanded in kg
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

 

 

The graph shows that the demand curve (DD) slopes from the left to the right, indicating that as prices goes down the quantity demanded increases and vice versa.

This tendency of demand to increase as price decrease and to reduce as the price increase is referred to as the law of demand. Therefore a normal demand curve slopes from left to right.

 

 

 

 

Movement along a demand curve and a shift in demand curve

 

Movement along the demand curve

A movement along a demand curve refers to changes in quantity of a product demanded as a result of change in its price only. As the price of the product increases the quantity demanded decreases. It leads to a movement from one point to another on the same demand curve as shown below:

  • (ii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • In a movement along the demand curve no new demand curve is created. If price increase from P0 to P1 in the diagram above quantity demanded will fall from Q1 to Q2e. movement from a to b.
  • If price fall from P2 to P3, the quantity demanded increase from Q2 to Q3e. movement from a to c.

 

  Shift of the demand curve

 

This is when the demand curve moves either to the right or left. It occurs as results of changes in factors influencing demand other than price of the product concerned. This can be illustrated as below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In (i) at price OP the quantity demanded is OQ. After the demand curve shift from D0D0 to DD a different quantity OQ1 is demanded although the price remains at OP. thus points L and M are on different demand curves.

 

Similarly when the demand curve shifts from D1D1 to D2D2 as in (ii) a different quantity OQ3 is demand at the same price OP2 as before. Thus the two points R and S are on two different demand curves.

A shift of demand curve to the left (decrease in demand) can be brought about by the following factors:

 

  • A decrease in people’s incomes.
  • A decrease in the price of a substitute product.
  • Lower population in the area.
  • Negative changes in tastes, fashions and preferences towards the product.
  • The introduction of a new but cheaper substitute.
  • Deterioration in the terms of sale e.g. lower discounts

 

A shift of demand curve to the right (increase in demand) can be as a result of:

  • An increase in the people’s incomes.
  • An increase in the price of a substitute product.
  • An increase in population.
  • An improvement in terms of sale e.g. where better discount are given
  • A decrease in the price of a complementary product.
  • An improvement in tastes, preferences towards particular product.

 

Differences between a movement along a demand curve and a shift of a demand curve

 

Movement along a demand curve Shift of a demand curve
(i)             It involves only one demand curve It involves two demand curves
(ii)           It is brought about by changes in the quantity demanded. Brought about a change in other factors that influences demand other the price of the product.
(iii)         It involves a change in the quantity demanded. Involves a change in demand.
(iv)         A different quantity is demanded only at a different price. A different quantity is demanded at the same price as before.
(v)           A movement along the curve can be traced up and down along the same curve. A shift causes to move either to the right or left.

 

SUPPLY

Supply is defined as the quantity that suppliers are willing and are able to take to market at a given price over a given period of time.

 

Factors which influence supply of a product

  • The price of the product: the higher the price, the higher the supply while the lower the price, the lower the supply.
  • The cost of production: an increase in the cost of production leads to a reduction in the supply of goods, while a decrease in the cost of production leads to an increase in the supply of goods.
  • The level technology: an improvement in the level of technology leads to a reduction in cost of production in an increase in supply.
  • The government policy; this includes the imposition of taxes, subsidies, quotas and price controls. Taxes increase the cost of production hence supply will decrease. A subsidy lowers the cost of production leading to an increase in the supply. Imposition of quotas places an upper limit on the quantity that may be supplied irrespective of the price. Where the government sets prices, firms will react accordingly. If the price set is high, the supply will be high, if the price set is low, the supply will also be low.
  • Available of inputs: shortage of raw materials leads to low production, hence low supply.
  • Future expectations of price changes: where producers expect the price of goods to increase in the future, they may decide to restrict supply, until that when the prices go up.
  • Natural factors: bad weather like droughts and floods leads to poor harvests, hence low supply of agricultural products. Favorable weather conditions leads to more harvests hence more supply.

 

Supply schedule and supply curve

 

A supply schedule is a table showing the relationship between supply of a commodity and its price. It shows the quantity supplied at various prices. The supply curve is a graphical illustration showing the trend taken by supply as price either increases or decrease.

Draw a supply curve using the figures given in the supply curve below.

 

Price of x 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Supply of x 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The supply curve (SS) slopes from the right to the left showing that as the price increases, the supply also increase. For example, at a price Shs. 8, the supply is 20 units. As the price goes up to Shs. 16, the supply also goes up to 40 units.

 

Movement along the supply curve

This is said to be a movement along a supply curve when the quantity supplied of a commodity changes as a result of a change in its price “all other factors remaining constant”. It leads to a movement from one point to another on the same supply curve as shown below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In (i) when price changes from OP0 to OP1 the movement is downwards from point X to point Y on the same supply curve S0S0. This leads to the supply of OQ1 instead of OQ0.

In (ii) when the price changes from OP2 to OP3 the movement is upwards from T to point Z on the same supply curve. The quantity supplied changes from OQ2 to OQ3.

 

Shift of a Supply curve

A shift of the supply curve is when the entire curve moves either to the left or right as a result of changes in factors influencing supply other than the price of the commodity involved.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In (iii) the whole supply curves S2S2 shifts to S3S3 resulting in the reduction of quantity supplied from OQ3 to OQ4 at the same price OP3 as before. Instead a point on curve S2S2

 

 

 

EQUILIBRIUM PRICE AND EQUILIBRIUM QUANTITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. SIZE AND LOCATION OF A FIRM
  2. Meaning of firm and industry

A firm is an individual enterprise or business unit under one control an ownership e.g. a business unit carrying the production of a good or service such as production of soap or a legal service firm.

A firm is a single business unit or enterprise under one ownership, management and control e.g. KCC, Brookside etc.

An industry consists of all those firms producing the same type of products in the same line of production. A sop industry consists of all those firms producing soap while an insurance industry consists of all these firms providing insurance services.

An industry refers to a group of firms producing the same products for a given market e.g. the milk industry which includes firms such KCC and Brookside. In some cases where we have a single firm, the firm becomes the industry.

  1. Factors which influence the decision on what goods and services to produce.
  • Profitability

Businesses tend to provide goods and services that would yield maximum profit.

  • Level of competition

In order to survive in a competitive market, firms must come up with products with products that consumers prefer. A firm may therefore develop products that are not currently available or copy rivals ideals and improve on them.

  • Cost of production

A firm would produce commodities for which production costs are low.

  • Demand/ market

A firm will produce commodities that have the highest demand since demand leads to high sales volume.

  • Availability of resources

A firm can only produce commodities for which the necessary resources are available. Such resources include raw materials, labor, equipment, adequate space and appropriate technology.

  • Government policy

A firm should produce goods which are favored by the government policy e.g. low taxation and subsidies. Firms should not produce goods that are illegal as it will be breaking the law.

  1. Determining the size of the firm

The following are some of the ways/factors which the size of a firm may be determined:

  • Level of output/volume of output

A firm’s size may be judged by the level of output. A large firm will produce on large scale, while a small firm will produce on small scale.

  • Number of employs in the firm

A small firm is likely to employ only a few employees, while a large firm will most often employ many workers.

  • Floor area covered by the premises

A firm with large floor area covered by premises may be said to be large.

  • Size of the market controlled by the firm

Large firms control large proportions of the total market of a particular product. Small firms may only control a small size of the market.

  • Capital invested

The larger the capital of the firm in terms of assets the larger the firm and vice versa.

  • Methods of production adopted

A large firm will most often adopt capital intensive methods of technology, where operations will be highly mechanized while small firms use more labour then machinery.

  • Sales of volume

Small firms have low levels of sales with a given period while large firms have huge levels of sales.

  1. Location of the firm

Location is the site or place from which the business operations/firms would be established. The management has to make appropriate decisions concerning the location of the firm since a good location would lead to success while a bad location would lead to failure of the business enterprise.

 

Factors that influence the location of a firm

  1. Raw materials

The availability of raw materials is one of the factors that determine the locations of a firm. Firms should be located near the source of raw material when:

  1. The raw materials are heavy and bulky so as to avoid high transport as cost to the firm.
  2. The raw materials are perishable so as to ensure they get the firm in fresh.
  • The competition for the raw materials is high should be located near their source so as to ensure that it gets all the raw materials it requires at all times.

          Advantages of locating a firm near the source of raw materials

  1. Transport cost of raw materials in minimized
  2. Storage cost of raw materials will be minimized.
  • It is easier for the firm to select the quality of raw materials required.
  1. Easier to get fresh raw materials and undamaged raw materials.
  2. Production process can run uninterrupted because of constant supply of raw materials thus continuous production.
  3. Labour (human resources)

Labour is a basic factor of production. It can be skilled, unskilled or semi-skilled labour. It is important for firms ton be located in an area where there is large supply of labour so as to ensure adequate supply of this important factor. Location of the firms near the source of labour reduces the cost of transporting labour force to factories and also reduces time wasting in transporting labour from far.

  1. The market

Reasons for locating near market

  1. If the finished product is perishable, then the firm should be located near the market so as to ensure that it gets to the market in fresh state.
  2. If the finished product is bulky, the firm should be located near the market so as to avoid high cost of transport to the market.
  • If the final product is fragile, the firm should be located near the market so as to avoid losses that may result from breakages as the product is transported to the market.
  1. If there is high completion, the firm should be located near the market as this will make it easy to get to the customers fast.
  2. Where a product is made as per customers’ specification, the firm should be located near the market.
  3. Transport and communication

A firm should be located in an area that is well served by means of transport. This ensures that both raw materials and finished products can be transported with ease.

A firm should be located in an area that is well served by means of communication. This ensures that the firm is able to communicate with its customers and suppliers, and vice versa.

Poor developed transport and communication facilities may lead to:

  1. High transport cost especially where raw material or the finished products are bulky.
  2. Delays in receiving the raw materials and distributing the finished products.
  • Where communication network is poor, business people will not able to give or get information in time.
  1. Availability of power

Industries require electric power to operate. They should, therefore be located where electricity is readily available.

  1. Security

Industries should be located in areas with adequate security .

  1. Auxiliary services

Firms should be located where auxiliary services such as insurance, banking and warehousing are available.

  1. Water

Many firms require water in one or more processes. Such firms should be located in an area where water is readily available.

  1. Government policy

The government may formulate policies that may have implications on the location of the firms, especially with regard to physical planning. Such planning may be aimed at checking rural-urban migration, environmental degradation or for strategic concerns.

The government may therefore encourage the development of firms in some areas by offering concessions to industrialists such as:

  1. Offering free land
  2. Reduction on taxes
  • Offering subsidies
  1. Improvement of infrastructure
  2. Offering direct financial assistance

 

LOCALISATION AND DELOCALISATION

Localization of firms is a situation where many firms are concentrated in a particular area.

Delocalization of firms describes a situation where location of firms is spread in different regions to minimize the problems of localization.

Advantages of localization

  1. Firms will benefit from already from established skilled labour pool from which they can recruit their employees.
  2. Firms will benefit from already established infrastructure such as transportation and communication.
  • Firms will benefit from auxiliary services firms that may already have been established.
  1. Such areas have social amenities such as hospitals and schools.
  2. Employment is created in such areas.
  3. Joint management of wastes can be carried out by all firms.
  • Firms may benefit from already established markets.
  • Firms may be able to get raw materials easily, as they may use the by-products produced by other industries as their raw materials.

Disadvantages of localization

  1. As many people move to such areas in search of jobs, slums may be created.
  2. Land becomes very expensive in such areas.
  • Congestion and traffic jams are a common problem in such areas.
  1. In case of war such areas can become a target of attacks.
  2. Leads to rural-urban migration leaving the old and the young in the rural areas.
  3. A lot of environmental degradation through pollution by many cars, deforestation, discharges of waste and mining in the area.
  • Social problems such as crime, prostitution and illegal drugs are a common problem in such areas.

Advantages of delocalization

  1. It ensures that all areas are developed.
  2. To ensure that employment opportunities are evenly distributed all over the country.
  • It reduces rural-urban migration since people can get jobs in the rural areas once industries are delocalized.
  1. It promotes the development of infrastructure all over the country.
  2. It leads to the establishment of auxiliary services e.g. banks and insurance firms, in rural areas for the benefit of the residents.
  3. It enhances the development of social amenities such as schools and hospitals in all areas of the country.
  • It lessens losses in case of attack by enemies during war.
  • People in rural areas are provided with goods and services closer to where they are.

Disadvantages of delocalization 

  1. Pollution is spread to the rural areas.
  2. The security in such areas may not be guaranteed.
  • It might be expensive to hire and attract appropriate labour.
  1. Auxiliary services such as banks and postal services may be lacking in such areas.
  2. Incentives offered by the government to industries in order to delocalize add to public expenditure, which is an added burden to tax payers.
  3. Industries may not enjoy the benefits that accrue from concentration of industries e.g. developed infrastructure.

 

 

 

Ways in which the government may motivate industries to delocalize

  1. By giving entrepreneurs free of cheap land to construct their factories.
  2. By giving tax incentives to those who locate their industries in the delocalized area.
  • By giving cheap loans to entrepreneurs wishing to establish industries in areas with few industries.
  1. By providing security in the new industrial areas.
  2. By providing subsidies to those industrialists who are willing to delocalize.
  3. By providing the appropriate infrastructure in the area.
  • By providing social amenities e.g. schools and hospitals in areas where the delocalized industries are to be established.
  • By offering financial assistance to the delocalized industries.

ECONOMIES OF SCALE

Economies of scale are the benefits the firm or industry derives from expanding its scale of production/the advantages of operating on large scale.

There are two types of economies of scale;

  1. Internal economies of scale
  2. External economies of scale

Internal economies of scale

These are advantages that accrue to a single firm as its production increases, independent of what happens in the other firms in the industry.

Internal economies of scale result from an increase in the level of output and cannot be realized unless output increases.

The internal economies of scale may be achieved by a single plant of the firm or they may arise from an increase in the number of plants.

The internal economies of scale include;

  1. Marketing economies (Buying and selling economies)

These are the benefits which a firm derives from large purchases of inputs or factors of production due to the discounts offered in the process e.g. trade and quantity discounts

The firms may also incur less cost per unit in transportation of the goods bought

Selling economies of scale arise from the distribution and sale of the finished product as the scale of production increases, i.e it is likely to incur less cost per unit in areas such as advertising, distribution e.t.c

  1. Financial economies; As a firm grows, its assets also increase. These assets can be used as security to borrow money/loan from financial institutions at low interest rates.

Large firms can also raise more funds through selling and buying of shares and debentures.

  • Risk bearing economies; Large firms can reduce risks involved in the market failure through diversification of products or markets.

Diversification of markets or products can be done so that;

  1. Failure of one product is offset by the success of other products
  2. A failure of a product in one part of the market may be offset by the success of the same product in another part of the market

-Large scale firms are also able to obtain supplies from alternative sources so that failure in one does not significantly affect the activities of the firm.

  1. iv) Managerial economies/staff economies

Large firms are able to hire/employ specialized staff and management. This increases the firms efficiency and productivity i.e.

  1. The staff is able to make viable decisions that can go along way in increasing the firms output.
  2. The firm/management is also able to put in place better organizational structures which allow for departmentalization and subsequent division of labour.Division of labour leads to specialization and hence the overall increase in the firms output.

-the costs of hiring/employing the specialized staff/management are spread over a large number of units of output of variable cost of production.Thus,the cost of labour is minimized when production increases leading to increased profits.

  1. v) Technical economies;

These are benefits that accrue to a firm from the use of specialized labour and machinery. Large firms have access to large capital which they utilize to obtain those machines and hire the specialized labour.The machines use the latest technology and are put to full use, making the firm production more efficient i.e. cost of the machines and labour are spread over many units of output hence less costly but giving higher profits.

 

  1. vi) Research economies;

Large firms can afford to carry out research into better methods of production and marketing.(Research is necessary because of the increased competition in the business world today) This improves the quality of the products and increases the sales and profits made by the firm.

  1. Staff welfare economies;

Large firms can easily provide social amenities to their employees including recreations, housing, education, canteens and wide range of allowances. These amenities work as incentives to boost the morale of the employees to work harder and increase the quality and quantity of output. This leads to higher sales and profits.

  1. Inventory economies

A large sized firm can establish warehouses to stock raw materials and therefore enjoy large stocks of raw materials for use when the raw materials are in short supply.Thus, the firm can avoid production stoppages that can be occasioned by shortages of the raw materials. The suppliers of such material may be sold at a higher price to realize profit.

External economies of scale;

External economies of scale are those benefits which accrue to a firm as a result of growth of the whole industry. They are realized by a firm due to its location near other firms. They include;

  1. Easier access to labour; Where many firms are located in one area a pool of labour of various skills is usually available. Therefore firms relocating to the area find it easy to obtain.
  2. Improved/efficient infrastructure; Usually where many firms are located, infrastructure would be highly developed e.g. roads, power, water and communication facilities. Firms relocating in that area thus enjoy the services of infrastructure already in place.
  3. Firms may be able to dispose off their waste product easily
  4. Ready market may be available from the surrounding firms
  5. Readily available services such as banking, insurance and medical care
  6. Adequate supply of power due to large volume of consumption e.t.c

 

 

Diseconomies of scale

A firm cannot continue to expand indefinitely or without a limit.As a firm grows or industry expands, the benefits the firm can reap or get from such growth or expansion have a limit.

Any further expansion in the scale of production beyond the limit will actually create negative which would increase the cost of production.

The negative effects to a firm due to its size or scale of production are referred to as diseconomies of scale.

Diseconomies of scale are therefore the problems a firm experiences due to expansion.

Sources of diseconomies of scale

Diseconomies of scale may arise from;

  1. Managerial functions which become increasingly difficult to perform as the firm expands. Communication and consultations take more time than before.
  2. Changing consumer tastes which may not be fulfilled immediately because decision-making may take too long.
  3. Increase in the costs of transporting raw materials, components and finished products.
  4. Labour unrest or disputes and lack of commitment from the employees because they are not involved in decision making
  5. Stoppage of production process when disputes arise since all production stages are interdependent and labour specialized.
  6. Lack of adequate finances for further expansion of the firm.

There are two forms of diseconomies of scale fiz internal diseconomies and external diseconomies of scale.

 

Internal diseconomies of scale

These are the problems a firm experiences as a result of large scale production due to its persistant growth. They include;

  1. Managerial diseconomies of scale

These are the losses which may arise due to the failure of management to supervise and control the operations properly. This may be because the firm is large resulting into;

  1. Difficulties in controlling and coordinating the departments leading to laxity among employees.
  2. Difficult in decision making and communication and coordination between management and workers. Delays in decision making means lost opportunities.
  3. Impersonal relationship between management and workers, and staff problems not easily established which could lead to low morale, disputes, unrests/skills.
  4. An increase in management tasks leading to increase in number and impact of risks i.e. any error in judgement on the part of management may lead to big losses.

 

  1. Marketing diseconomies of scale

These are losses which may arise due to changes in consumer tastes. These may be as a result of;

  1. A change in tastes leading to fall in demand for the firms products. A large firm may find it difficult to immediately adjust to the changes in the tastes of consumers, hence it will experience fall in its scale.
  2. An increase in the scale of production, which leads to higher demand for factor of production such as labour, raw materials and capital. This will result into higher prices for them. This will push up the prices of the goods and services produced, which will cause a fall in sales.

 

  • High overhead costs

When the output of a firm increases beyond a certain limit, some factors may set in to increase the average costs.e.g the overhead costs incurred in production and marketing activities may increase. This is because firms may intensify their promotional campaign, incur heavy transport expenses and be forced to offer generous discounts in an effort to attract more clients. All these are factors that may increase overheads without any corresponding increase in real benefits to the firm.

  1. Financial diseconomies of scale

These are losses which may arise due to a firm’s inability to acquire adequate finances for its expansion. This will prevent the firm from expanding further thereby limiting its capacity to increase the volume of its output.

External diseconomies of scale

These are demerits that affirm experiences as a result of growth of the entire industry. These include;

-scramble for raw materials

-inavailability of land for expansion

-scramble for available labour

-competition for available market

-easy targets especially in times of war.

Existence of small firms in an economy

As the firm grows in size, its scale of production increases.However, many firms remain small even though they face stiff competition from larger firms. Some of the reasons for existence of small scale firms include;

  1. Size of the market

Large scale production can only be sustained by a high demand for a product. If the demand for a product is low, it may not be advisable for a firm to produce on a large scale, hence it will remain small.

  1. Nature of the product;

The nature of the product sometimes makes it impossible to produce in large quantities e.g. personal services e.g. hairdressing, painting or nursing can only be provided by an individual or a small firm.

  1. Simplicity of organization

Small firms have the considerable advantage of simplicity in organization. They avoid bureaucracy, wastage and managerial complexity associated with large scale organizations.

Where a firm intends to take advantage of simplicity, the proprietor may maintain its small firm.

 

  1. Flexibility of small firms

Small firms are flexible i.e. one can easily switch from one business to another where an owner of a business wishes to maintain flexibility so as to take advantage of any new opportunity, he/she may have to maintain a small firm.

  1. Quick decision making

In a situation where proprietors want to avoid delay in decision-making, they may opt to maintain a small business as this would involve less consultation.

  1. Belief that a small firm is more manageable

Many small businesses have the potential of expansion, yet their owners prefer to have them remain small believing that big businesses are difficult to run.

  1. Rising costs of production

In situations where production costs rise too fast, such that diseconomies of scale set is very early, the firm has to remain small.

  1. Need to retain control

In order to retain control and independence, the owners of the firm may wish to keep it small.

  1. Legal constraints/Government policy

In some situations, the laws may restrict the growth of a firm. In such circumstances the existing firms remain small.

  1. Small capital requirements

As opposed to large scale firms, small firms require little amounts of capital to start and operate.

Implication of production activities on environmental and community health

As production activities take place in a given area, the environment and the health of the community around may be adversely affected by these activities. Some of these effects include;

  1. Air pollution

This is caused by waste which is discharged into the atmosphere leading to contamination of the air. Such waste may be in funs of industrial emissions and toxic chemicals from the firms. These pollutants cause air-borne diseases. Acid rain due to such emission may also affect plants.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. PRODUCT MARKET

The term ‘market’ is usually used to mean the place where buyers and sellers meet to transact business. In Business studies, however, the term ‘market’ is used to refer to the interaction of buyers and sellers where there is an exchange of goods and services for a consideration.

NOTE: The contact between sellers and buyers may be physical or otherwise hence a market is not necessarily a place, but any situation in which buying and selling takes place. A market exists whenever opportunities for exchange of goods and services are available, made known and used regularly.

Definition:

  • Product market; Is a particular market in which specific goods and services are sold and with particular features that distinguish it from the other markets.

-The features are mainly in terms of the number of sellers and buyers and whether the goods sold are homogeneous or heterogeneous

-Product market is also referred to as market structure.

-Markets may be classified according to the number of firms in the industry or the type of products sold in them..

TYPES OF PRODUCT MARKET

The number of firms operating in a particular market will determine the degree of competition that will exist in a given industry. In some markets there are many sellers meaning that the degree of competition is very high, where as in other markets there is no competition because only one firm exists.

When markets are classified according to the degree of competition, there are four main types, these are;

  • Perfect competition
  • Pure monopoly(monopoly)
  • Monopolistic competition
  • Oligopoly

PERFECT COMPETITION

The word ‘perfect’ connotes an ideal situation.

This kind of situation is however very rare in real life; a perfect competition is therefore an hypothetical situation.

This is a market structure in which there are many small buyers and many sellers who produce a homogeneous product. The action of any firm in this market has no effect on the price and output levels in the market since its production is negligible.

Feature of Perfect Competition

  • Large number of buyers and sellers: The buyers and sellers are so many that separate actions of each one of them have no effect on the market. This implies that no single buyer or seller can influence the price of the commodity. This is because a single firms (sellers) supply of the product is so small in relation to the total supply in the industry. Similarly; the demand of one buyer is so small compared to the total demand of one buyer is so small compared to the total demand in the market that he/she cannot influence the price.

Firms (suppliers) in such a market structure are therefore price takers i.e. they accept the prevailing market price for their products.

  • Identical or homogeneous products; Commodities from different producers are identical in all aspects e.g. size; brand and quality such that one cannot distinguish them. Buyers cannot therefore show preference for the products of one firm over those of the other.
  • Perfect knowledge of the market; Each buyer and seller has perfect knowledge about the market and therefore no one would effect business at any price other than the equilibrium price (market price).If one firm raises the price of its commodity above the prevailing market price, the firm will make no sale since consumers are aware of other firms that are offering a lower price i.e. market price. All firms (sellers) are also assumed to know the profits being made by other firms in the industry (in selling the product)
  • Freedom of entry or exit in the industry; The buyers and sellers have the freedom to enter and leave the market at will i.e. firms are free to join the market and start production so long as the prevailing market price for the commodity guarantees profit. However if conditions change the firms are free to leave in order to avoid making loss.

In this market structure, it is assumed that no barrier exists in entering or leaving the industry.

  • Uniformity of buyers and sellers; All buyers are identical in the eyes of the seller. There are therefore, no advantages or disadvantages of selling to particular buyers. Similarly, all the sellers are identical and hence there would be no special benefit derived from buying from a certain supplier.
  • No government interference; The government plays no part in the operations of the industry. The price prevailing in the market is determined strictly by the interplay of demand and supply. There should be no government intervention in form of taxes and subsidies, quotas, price controls and other regulations.
  • No excess supply or demand; The sellers are able to sell all what they supply into the market. This means that there is no excess supply. Similarly, the buyers are able to buy all what they require with the result that there is no difficult in supply.
  • Perfect mobility of factors of production; The assumption here is that producers are able to switch factors of production from producing one commodity to another depending on which commodity is more profitable to sell. Factors of production are also freely movable from one geographical area to another.
  • No transport costs; The assumption here is that all sellers are located in one area, therefore none of them incurs extra transport costs or carriage of goods. The sellers cannot hence charge higher prices to cover the cost of transport. Buyers, on the other hand, would not prefer some sellers to others in an attempt to cut down on transport costs.

NOTE: The market (perfect competition) has normal demand and supply curves. The individual buyers demand curve is however; perfectly elastic since one can buy all what he/she wants at the equilibrium price. Similarly, the individual sellers supply curve is also perfectly elastic because one can sell all what he/she produces at the equilibrium price.

Perfect competition market hold on the following assumptions;

  • There are no transport costs in the industry
  • Buyers and sellers have perfect knowledge of the market
  • Factors of production are perfectly mobile
  • There is no government interference

Examples of perfect competitions are very difficult to get in the real life but some transactions e.g. on the stock exchange market, are very close to this.

Criticism of the concept of perfect competition

In reality, there is no market in which perfect competition exists. This is due to the following factors:

  • Very few firms produce homogenous products. Even if the products were fairly identical, consumers are unlikely to view them as such.
  • In real situations, consumers prefer variety for fuller satisfaction of their wants; hence homogenous products may not be very popular in these circumstances.
  • There is a common tendency towards large-scale operation. This tendency works against the assumption of having many small firms in an industry.
  • Firms are not found in one place to cut down on transport costs as this market structure requires.
  • Governments usually interfere in business activities in a variety of ways in the interest of their citizens. The assumption of non-interference by the state is therefore unrealistic in real world situations.
  • Information does not freely flow in real markets so as to make both sellers and buyers fully knowledgeable of happenings in all parts of a given market.

MONOPOLY

A monopoly is a market structure in which only one firm produces a commodity which has no close substitutes.

Some of the features in this market structure are;

  • One seller or producer; supplying the entire market with a product that has no close substitute consumers therefore have no option but to use the commodity from the monopolist to satisfy their need.
  • Many unorganised buyers; in the market the buyers compete for the commodity supplied by the monopoly firm.
  • The monopoly firm is the industry; because it supplies the entire market, the firms supply curve is also the market supply curve, and the demand curve of the firm is also the market demand curve.
  • Entry into the market is closed; such barriers are either put by the firm or they result from advantages enjoyed by the monopoly firm e.g. protection by the government.
  • Huge promotional and selling costs; are incurred in order to expand the market base and to maintain the existing market. This also helps to keep away potential competitors.
  • The monopoly firm is a price maker or a price giver; the firm determines the price at which it will sell its output in the market. It can therefore increase or reduce the price of its commodity, depending on the profit it desires to make.
  • Price Discrimination is may be possible; This is a situation where the firm charges different prices for same commodity in different markets.

Price discrimination may be facilitated by conditions such as;

  • Consumers being in different markets such that it is difficult for one to buy the product in the market where it is cheaper.
  • The production of the commodity is in the hands of a monopolist.
  • Market separation.

Market separation may be based on the following factors;

  • Geographical; Goods may be sold at different prices in different markets.
  • Income; Seller may charge different prices for his/her products to different categories of consumers depending on their income.
  • Time; a firm may sell the same commodity at a higher price during the peak period and lower the price during the off peak period.

Sources of monopoly power

  • Control of an important input in production; A firm may control a strategic input or the entire raw materials used in the production of a commodity. Such a firm will easily acquire monopoly by not selling the raw materials to potential competitors.
  • Ownership of production rights; Where the right to production or ownership of commodity i.e. patent rights, copyrights and royalties belong to one person or firm, then, that creates a monopoly. Similarly if the government gives licence to produce a commodity to one firm, then this will constitute a monopoly.
  • Internal economies of scale; The existence of internal economies of scale that enable a firm to reduce its production costs to the level that other firms cannot will force these other firms out of business leaving the firm as a monopoly.
  • Size of the market; where the market is rather small and can only be supplied profitably by one firm.
  • Additional costs by other firms; A firm may enjoy monopoly position in a particular area if other firms have to incur additional costs such as transport in order to sell in the area. These additional costs may increase the prices of the commodity to the level that it becomes less attractive hence giving the local firm monopoly status.
  • Where a group of firms combine to act as one; Some firms may voluntarily combine/amalgamate or work together for the purpose of controlling the market of their Examples are cartels
  • Restrictive practices; A firm may engage in restrictive practices in order to force other firms of business and therefore be left as a monopoly. Such practices may include limit pricing i.e. where a firm sells its products at a very low price to drive away competitors.
  • Financial factors; where the initial capital outlay required is very large, thereby preventing other firms from entering the market.
  • Government Policy ;Where the government establishes a firm and gives it monopoly power to produce and sell ‘cheaply’

Advantages of monopoly

  • A monopoly is able to provide better working conditions to employees because of the high profits realised
  • In some monopolies, high standards of services/goods are offered
  • Monopolies always enjoy economies of scale. This may help the consumer in that the goods supplied by a monopoly will bear lower prices.
  • A monopolist may use the extra profit earned to carry out research and thus produce higher quality goods and services.
  • The consumer is protected in that essential services such as water and power supply is not left to private businesses who would exploit the consumers.

Disadvantages of monopoly

  • A monopolist can control output so as to charge high prices
  • Consumers lack freedom of choice in that the product produced by a monopoly has no substitute
  • Low quality products may be availed to consumers due to lack of competition.

 

MONOPOLISTIC COMPETITION

Monopolistic competition is a market structure that falls within the range of imperfect competition i.e. falls between perfect competition and pure monopoly. It is therefore a market structure that combines the aspects of perfect competition and those of a monopoly.

Since it is not possible to have a market that is perfectly competitive or a market that is pure monopoly in real world, all market structures in real world lie between the two and are thus known as imperfect market structures.

In a monopolistic market, there are many sellers of a similar product which is made to look different. This is known as product differentiation. These similar products are made different through packaging, design, colour, branding e.t.c

The following are the assumptions of a monopolistic competition.

  • A large number of sellers; Who operate independently.
  • Differentiated products; Each firm manufactures a product which is differentiated from that of its competitors, yet they are relatively good substitutes of each other. The differences may be real in that different materials are used to make the product or may be imaginary i.e. created through advertising,branding,colour,packaging e.t.c
  • No barriers to entry or exit from industry; There is freedom of entry into the industry for new firms and for existing firms to leave the industry.
  • Firms set their own prices; The prices are set depending on the costs incurred in production and the demand in the market.
  • No firm has control over the factors of production; Each firm acquires the factors at the prevailing market prices.
  • Presence of non-price competitions; Since products are close substitutes of each other, heavy advertising and other methods of product promotion are major characteristics of firms in monopolistic competition.
  • Buyers and sellers have perfect knowledge of the market.

OLIGOPOLY

This is a market structure where there are few firms. The firms are relatively large and command a substantial part of the market. It is a market structure between the monopolistic competition and monopoly.

Types of Oligopoly

Oligopoly may be classified according to the number of firms or the type of products they sell. They include;

  • Duopoly; This refers to an oligopoly market structure which comprises of two firms. Mastermind Tobacco and British American Tobacco (BAT) are examples of duopoly in Kenya.
  • Perfect/Pure oligopoly refers to an oligopolistic market that deals in products which are identical. Examples of pure oligopoly are companies dealing with petroleum products such as oil Libya, Caltex, Total, Shell, National Oil, Kenol and Kobil. These firm sell products which are identical such as kerosene, petrol and diesel.
  • Imperfect/Differentiated Oligopoly; this is an oligopolistic market structure where firm have products which are the same but are made to appear different through methods such as packaging, advertising and branding.

Features of oligopoly

  • Has few large sellers and many buyers.
  • The firms are interdependent among themselves especially in their output and pricing.
  • Non-price competition, firms are in a position to influence the prices. However, they try to avoid price competition for the fear of price war.
  • There is barriers to entry of firms due to reasons such as; requirement of large capital, Ownership of production rights, control over crucial raw materials, Restrictive practices etc
  • High cost of selling through methods of advertisement due to severe competition.
  • Products produced are either homogeneous or differentiated.
  • Uncertain demand curve due to the inter-dependence among the firms. Hence the shifting of the demand curve is not definite.
  • There is price rigidity i.e once a price has been arrived at in an oligopolistic market, it tends to remain stable.

This feature explains why a firm in oligopolistic market faces two sets of demand curves resulting to a Kinked Demand Curve. One curve, for prices above the determined one, which is fairly gentle and the othere curve for prices below the determined one which is fairly steep.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE KINKED DEMAND CURVE

 

 

  1. i) The kinked demand curve illustrates the rigidity price behaviour oligopolists.
  2. ii) The curve has two parts with different elasticities: AB is elastic and BC is inelastic.

iii) Sellers cannot increase price from price OPo to OP1 because the Quantity bought will decrease (fall).

  1. iv) The sellers cannot reduce price from OP1 to OP2 because very little amount will

increase in demand.

  1. The sellers will stick to price OPo because it is the most profitable and most popular to both sellers & buyers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. CHAIN/CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTION

Introduction

  • Channels of distribution are the paths that goods and or services follow from the producers to the final users.
  • The persons involved in the distribution of goods from the producer to consumer are called middlemen or intermediaries.
  • There are different channels that different products follow. Some of the channels include the following:
  • Producer agent      wholesaler      retailer
  • Producer co – operative society    marketing board      wholesaler     retailer
  • Producer marketing board      wholesaler     retailer
  • Producer wholesaler      retailer
  • Producer wholesaler       consumer
  • Producer retailer      consumer
  • Producer consumer

Costs incurred by middlemen while distributing goods

  • Buying costs. They incur this cost by paying for them from the producers or other middlemen.
  • Transport cost. Some middlemen do transport goods from the producer to other middlemen or to the final users.
  • Storage costs. Middlemen do keep the goods until their demand arises. This will therefore require them to hire or construct their own warehouses.
  • Advertising or marketing costs. Some middlemen do carry out marketing of goods on behalf of the producers and other middlemen. In the process, they pay for such services.
  • Insurance costs. Middlemen do insure the goods they are trading in to ensure compensation in the event of loss.
  • Operation costs. Middlemen just like other businesses do incur operating costs such as salaries to employees, electricity, maintenance among others.
  • Preparation costs. Some middlemen to prepare goods before they are sold to the consumers. Such activities include packing, assembling and blending. They have to meet such costs on behalf the producer, other middlemen and consumers.

CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTING VARIOUS PRODUCTS (refer to Inventor book three pages 50 to 53)

ROLES OF MIDDLEMEN

The following are some the roles performed by middlemen in the chain of distribution

  • Bulk accumulation (assembling). They similar goods from different producers in small quantities and then offering the large amount gathered to buyers who may want to buy in large volumes.
  • Reducing transactions. The interactions between the producers and the consumers will be reduced since the middlemen are the ones who will be communicating to the consumers.
  • Bulk breaking. They buy in large quantities and then sell in small quantities as desired by the consumers.
  • Risk taking. They assume all the risks related with the movement of goods from the producers to the consumers. Such risks include theft, damages, loss due to bad debts.
  • Finance provision. Middlemen provide finance to the producers by buying goods in large quantities and paying for them in time.
  • Provision of information. Middlemen gather market information from the consumers then pass to the producers who in turn produce goods in line with the tastes of consumers.
  • Marketing/product promotion. Middlemen are involved in marketing of goods hence stimulating the interest of consumers.
  • Provision of transport. Middlemen do transport goods from the producers up to the where the consumers can access them. Both the producers and consumers are hence relieved of transport costs.
  • Storage
  • Variety provision
  • Availing goods to consumers

FACTORS TO CONSIDER BEFORE SELECTING A DISTRIBUTION CHANNEL

Factors that influence the choice of a distribution channel include the following:

  • Product nature. Perishable products should be sold directly to the consumers because delays may result to losses since they go bad fast. In addition, bulky products need direct selling in order to reduce transportation and stock handling costs.
  • Nature of the market. Where the market is concentrated in one area, direct selling is appropriate. A longer channel of distribution is preferred where the market is widely spread.
  • Role of intermediary. The channel chosen should be able to perform the services related to the product being sold e.g. for technical goods, the middleman should be able to offer technical support to the customers.
  • Resources and size of the firm/producer. If the producer is small, then direct selling would be appropriate. Large firms with sufficient financial resources can opt for long channels of distribution.
  • Channels used by competitors. If a firm wants its products to compete with those of the competitors, then is it prudent to use similar channels. A firm that wants to avoid competition should use a different channel of distribution.
  • Government policy. The channel chosen should be able to meet government regulations such as all middlemen distributing pharmaceutical products must be recognized by the relevant government bodies (Pharmacy and Poisons Board).
  • Marketing risks. In the event the firm wants to avoid risks related to distribution, it will opt for middlemen.

 

Questions

  • State four channels for distributing imported goods.
  • Explain five factors that can influence the choice of a channel of distribution.
  • Outline five costs incurred by middlemen in the distribution process.
  • Describe the roles played by middlemen in the distribution chain.
  • Outline the circumstances under which a producer would sell directly to consumers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. NATIONAL INCOME
  • This is the total income received by the providers/owners of the factors of production in a given country over a given time period.

Terms used in national income

  • Gross Domestic Product (GDP). This is the total monetary value of all goods and services produced in a country during a particular year. Such goods and services must have been produced within the country.
  • Net Domestic Product (NDP). This is the GDP less depreciation. Depreciation is the loss in value of the assets such as machines used in the production of goods and services.
  • Gross National Product (GNP). This measures the total monetary value of all the goods and services produced by the people of a country regardless of whether they in or outside the country. It takes into account exports and imports. The difference between exports and imports is called net Factor Income from abroad. GNP therefore is the sum of GDP and net factor income from abroad.
  • Net National Product (NNP). This recognizes the loss in value of the capital used in the production of goods. Capital here refers to capital goods. NNP is the difference between GNP and the depreciation.
  • Per capita income. This is the average income per head per year in a given country. It is also the national income divided by the population of the country.

CIRCULAR FLOW OF INCOME

  • This is the continuous movement of income between the households (providers of factors of production) and the firms (producers of goods and services).
  • The factors of production are received from households.
  • The firms pay the rewards of such factors to the households (expenditure to the firms and income to the households).
  • The households in turn use the income to buy the goods and services produced by the firms (expenditure to households and income to firms).

Assumptions/features of circular flow of income

  • Existence of two sectors only. It is assumed that the economy has only two sectors that is households and firms. The households provide the factors of production while firms are involved in the production of goods and services.
  • Total spending by households. It is assumed that the households spend all their income on the goods and services produced by the firms i.e. no savings.
  • Total spending by the firms. It is assumed that the firms spend the money received from the sale of goods and services to pay for the rewards of production factors.
  • Lack of government intervention. The government does not influence how the firms and households carry out their activities. Such interventions are in the form of taxes, price controls among others.
  • Closed economy. Exports and imports do not exist in such an economy.

Factors affecting the circular flow of income

  • The factors can either lead to increase in income and expenditure (injections) or lead to a reduction in the volume of flow (withdrawals).

 

The factors include the following:

  • This takes place when the households do not spend all their income on the purchase of goods and services. This reduces the income to be received by firms hence savings is a withdrawal from the circular flow of income.
  • Taxation reduces the amount of money available for spending therefore it is a withdrawal/leakage from the circular flow of income.
  • Government expenditure. The government may buy goods from the firms or provide subsidies. This will translate in to an injection into the circular flow of income.
  • When firms put more capital into the production, output will increase hence an increase in income (injection).
  • When goods and services are bought from other countries, money will be spent hence a reduction in the circular flow of income (withdrawal).
  • Through exports, a country is able to receive money from other countries (injections)

Injections

  • Investments
  • Government spending
  • Exports

Withdrawals

  • Savings
  • Taxation
  • Imports

APPROACHES USED IN MEASURING NATIONAL INCOME

  • Expenditure Approach.

National income is arrived at summing expenditure on all final goods and services (that have reached the final stage of production). Such expenditure is divided into:

  • Expenditure on consumer goods ( C)
  • Expenditure on capital goods (I)
  • Expenditure by government (G)
  • Expenditure on net exports (X – M)

Therefore national income = C+I+G+(X – M)

Problems associated with expenditure approach

  • Lack of accurate records particularly in the private sector.
  • Approximation of expenditure of the subsistence sector.
  • Difficulty in differentiating between final expenditure and intermediate expenditure
  • Double counting may exist
  • Fluctuating exchange rates may cause problems in the valuation of imports and exports.
  • Income approach
  • In this method, the national income is arrived at by summing all the money received by those who participate in the production of goods and services.
  • Such incomes are in the form of rewards to the production factors (wages, rent, interest and profits).
  • Public income is also taken into account i.e. it is the income received by the government from its investments (Parastatals, joint ventures).
  • Transfer payments are excluded since they represent a redistribution of incomes from those who have earned them to the recipient’s e.g.
  • National insurance schemes.

Problems related to this method

  • Determination of what proportion of transfer payments constitute in the income of a country.
  • Inaccurate data may exist since business people may not tell the truth about their income in order to evade tax.
  • Price fluctuations may make national income determination difficult.
  • Income from illegal activities is not captured.
  • Valuation of income from subsistence economy may be difficult e.g. housewives.

Assignment: Read and make short notes on Output approach (refer to Inventor book three pages 65 – 66).

USES OF NATIONAL INCOME STATISTICS

  • Indicators of standards of living. If the national income is equitably distributed, then the standards of living will be high.
  • Measuring economic growth. The statistics of one year are compared with previous year to show whether there is improvement or not.
  • Inter country comparison. They are used to compare the economic welfare among countries hence knowing which country is better off and by how much. However, the following challenges may be faced when carrying the comparisons: different in currencies, different goods and services, disparity in income distribution and difference in tastes and preferences.
  • Investment decisions. They assist the government and other investors to know the sectors to

put their money. The statistics provide relevant information concerning the performance of each sector.

  • Basis of equitable distribution of income. The statistics can be used to spread income to the hands of majority of the citizens incase a few individuals control the economy.
  • Planning purposes. The statistics will show the contribution of each sector thus helping the government in allocating the funds to the various sectors.

Factors which influences the level of national income.

  • Quantity and quality of production. If the factors are more in terms of quantity of good quality, the output will be high hence increasing in national income.
  • State of technology. A country with high level of technology will produce goods in large volumes hence high national income.
  • Political stability. Countries which are relatively stable politically experience high production hence high national income level.
  • Accuracy of accounting systems. If the methods used to gather data are accurate, then the overall statistical figures will the accurate hence reliable.
  • Proportion of the subsistence sector. Subsistence sector’s output is not normally included in the statistical figures. If it represents a large proportion, therefore the national income level will be low.
  1. For other factors refer to Inventor book three pages 68 – 69.

Reasons why high per capita income is not an indicator of a better living standard in a country

  • Statistical problems. The collection of the national income data may be inaccurate meaning that the national income figures might be incorrect hence wrong per capita income.
  • Changes in money value. If the currency has been devalued, there can be change in the value of money without necessarily representing any changes in the welfare of the people.
  • Income distribution. The per capita may be high even though the income is in the hands of very few people thus it is not a representative of the majority.
  • Nature of products. If the products are not meant to satisfy immediate wants of the people, then an increase in per capita income may not lead to a higher economic welfare.
  • Peoples’ hard work and attitude. Increased national income may mean less sleep and more worries. People have no time to enjoy what they produce and their welfare may be low despite the rise in national income.
  • Social costs. People may migrate from rural areas to urban areas straining family relationships while an increase in industries may create pollution, congestion and other environmental disruptions.

Questions

  • State four problems encountered in comparing standards of living in different countries using national income statistics
  • Using a diagram, describe the circular flow of income.
  • Explain five factors that may influence the level of national income of a country
  • Outline four limitations of expenditure approach used in measuring national income.
  • Explain five reasons why high per capita income may not translate to better living standards in a country.
  • Describe five factors that affect the circular flow of income.

 

 

 

 

  1. POPULATION AND EMPLOYMENT

Introduction

Population refers to the number of human beings living in a particular region at a particular time.

The size of the population is ascertained through national headcount, which is referred to as a national census. It is an international requirement that each country must hold a national census at least every ten years.

Population issues are major concerns to business people because people are consumers of goods and services as well as providers of factors of production.

Basic concepts in population

  1. Fertility – this is defined as the ability of a woman to give birth to a live child.
  2. Fertility rate – refers to the average number of children born per woman during her child bearing years in a given population.

Factors that determine fertility rate

  • Literacy levels among women.
  • The marriage rate among people in the productive age bracket.
  • Cost of bringing up children.
  • Economic significance of a large family, e.g. children seen as a source of cheap labour e.t.c.
  • Cultural beliefs e.g. where many children were a source of prestige.
  • Availability of medical facilities.
  • Religious factors e.g. where some religions prohibits use of family planning
  1. Birth rate – refers to the number of live births per 1000 people per year. This is also referred to as crude birth rate and may be calculated as follows:

CBR= Number of Births    x 1000    

Total population

Factors that are likely to lead to high birth rates

  • Cultural practices e.g taking children as security during old age.
  • Early marriages prolomnging the woman’s reprodcutive life.
  • Children being seen as a sou=rce of cheap labour.
  • Where people are opposed to family planning methods
  • Ignorance- lack of knowledge to family planning methods
  • Religious beliefs which encourage large families and discourage use of family planning methods.

Factors that may lead to decline in birth rates

  • Delayed marriages dues to such things as staying in school for long period
  • Craving for high standards of living leading to people having few children
  • Where small families are considered fashionable
  • Use of family planning methods
  • Availability of retirement schemes making people to stop children as security in old age.
  1. Mortality/death rate – refer to the number of people who die per thousand people per year. Is also known as natural attrition rate and may be calculated as follows:

MR= Number of death   x 1000    

Total population

  1. Infant mortality rate- refers to the number of child deaths per thousand children below the age one year per annum.
  2. Population growth rate – refers to the rate at which the population of a country is increasing or decreasing. It can be calculated as follows.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. THE LEDGER

This is a special ledger which is used to record cash and cheque transactions.

It contains only the cash in hand and cash at bank (i.e. cash and bank) accounts

  • Nominal ledger

This ledger is used to record business expenses and incomes (gains).It contains all the nominal accounts.

  • Private ledger

This ledger is used in recording private accounts i.e. confidential and valuable fixed assets and the personal accounts of the proprietors such as capital accounts and drawing accounts.

  • The general ledger

The general ledger contains all other accounts that are not kept in any other ledger e.g. buildings, furniture and stock accounts.

-Personal accounts of debtors or creditors who do not arise out of sale or purchase of goods on credit are found in the general ledger e.g. debtors as a result of sale of fixed asset on credit and expense creditors.

  1. C) Private accounts

These are accounts that the business considers to be confidential and are not availed to everybody except the management and the owners.

-These accounts may be personal or impersonal.

-They include capital account, drawings accounts, trading, profit and loss accounts.

Types of ledgers

The following are the main types of ledgers that are used to keep the various accounts

  • The sales ledger (Debtors ledger)

This is the ledger in which accounts of individual debtors are kept.

-It is used to record the value of goods sold on credit and the customers to whom the credit sales are made, hence contains the personal names of the debtors.

-It is called a sales ledger because the accounts of debtors kept here in are as a result of sale of goods on credit. An account is kept for each customer to which is debited the value of credit sale. Payment made by the debtor are credited to the account and debited in the cash book.

  • Purchases ledger(creditors ledger)

The purchases ledger contains accounts of creditors i.e. contains the records of the value of goods bought on credit and the suppliers of such goods.

It is a record of the debts payable by the business due to credit purchases.

An account is kept for each creditor to the credit side of which is posted the value of.

  1. b) Impersonal accounts

This category of ledger accounts includes all other accounts that are not personal in nature e.g. buildings, purchases, rent, sales and discounts received.

Impersonal accounts fall into two types

  • Real accounts
  • Nominal accounts
  • Real accounts; These are accounts of tangible assets or property e.g. buildings,land,furniture,fittings,machinery,stock,cash(at bank and in hand)e.t.c

These accounts are also used to draw up the balance sheet.

  • Nominal accounts; These are accounts of items that relate to gains and losses and whose balances at the end of the accounting period.

-All expenses, revenues, sales and purchases are hence nominal accounts.

-The main business expenses include purchases,sales,returns,insurance,stationary,repairs,depreciation,heating,discount allowed, lighting interests,printing,wages,rent,rates and advertising.     

The value of losses is included in the same side as the expenses when drawing up the final accounts though it is not an expense.   

-The income (revenues) include sales,returns,claims out, interest receivable, dividends receivable and commission receivable. Profit is usually categorised together with these incomes when drawing up the final accounts.

Classification of ledger accounts

Many businesses handle few transactions, hence they have few records to keep. Their accounts can thus be kept in a single ledger referred to as the general ledger

As a business grows the volume of transactions increases. This single ledger, therefore, becomes very bulky with accounts and it becomes difficult to make reference to it.

In order to simplify the recording of transactions and facilitate reference to the accounts, ledger accounts are usually classified and each category kept in a special ledger.

NOTE (i) Since many transactions are cash transactions which are normally recorded in the bank and cash accounts a need arises to remove them from the main/general ledger to a separate ledger called the cash book.

(ii)  The number of ledgers kept depends on the size of the business.

Classes of accounts

All accounts can be classified into either personal or impersonal accounts.

  • Personal accounts

-These are account of persons

-They relate to personal, companies or associations.

-They are mainly accounts of debtors and creditors.

 

NOTE: capital account is the proprietors personal account, showing the net worth of the business hence it is a personal account.

-The account balances of these accounts are used to draw up the balance sheet.

-In the ledger, the trial balance total is not affected.

Purpose of a trial balance

The purpose of a trial balance include;

  • Checking the accuracy in the ledger accounts as to whether;

i-The rule of double entry has been adhered to or observed/ complied with.

ii-There are arithmetical errors in the ledger accounts

  • Gives a summary of the ledger i.e. summary of the transactions which have taken place during a given period
  • Provide information (account balances) for preparing final accounts such as the trading account, profit and loss account and the balance sheet.
  • Test whether the ledger account balances have been posted to the right side of the trial balance.

Limitations of a trial balance

Even when the trial balance totals are equal, it does not mean that there are no errors made in the ledgers. This is because there are some errors that do not affect the trial balance.

A trial balance only assures the book keeper that the total of debit entries is equal to total credit entries. The errors that do not affect the trial balances are;

  • Error of total omission; This occurs when a transaction takes place and nothing about it is recorded in the books of accounts i.e. it is completely omitted such that neither a credit nor a debit entry is made in the ledgers.
  • Error of original entry; this occurs where both the debit and credit entries are made using similar but erroneous figures. As the wrong amount is recorded in the two accounts.
  • Error of commission; This occurs where double entry is completed but in the wrong persons accounts especially due to a confusion in names e.g. a debit entry of shs.2000 was made in Otieno’s account instead of Atieno’s account.
  • Compensating errors; These are errors whose effects cancel out e.g. over debiting debtors account by sh.300 and under debiting cash account by sh.300.
  • Complete reversal of entries; This occurs where the account to be debited is credited and the account to be credited is debited e.g. the sale of goods to Lydia on credit may be recorded as follows;

 

Dr.sales a/c

Cr.Lydius a/c              instead of

 

 

Dr.Lydius a/c

Cr.sales a/c

 

  • Error of principle; This is where a transaction is recorded in the wrong account of a different class from the correct one e.g. repairs of machinery was debited in the machinery instead of debiting the repairs account.

 

 

TRIAL BALANCE

-A trial balance is a statement prepared at a particular date showing all the debit balances on one column and all the credit balances on another column.

NOTE: A trial balance is not an account but merely a list of assets, expenses and losses on the left and capital liabilities and incomes (including profits) on the right.

-The totals of a trial balance should agree if the double entry has been carried out correctly and there are no arithmetic errors both in the ledger as well as in the trial balance itself.

-If the two sides of a trial balance are not equal, it means there is an error or errors either in the trial balance or in the ledger accounts or in both.

 

Errors that may cause a trial balance not to balance

  • Partial omission; A transaction was recorded on only one account i.e. a debit or a credit entry might have been omitted in one of the affected accounts.
  • Transfering (posting); a wrong balance to a trial balance.
  • Different amounts for the same transaction might have been entered in the accounts(Amount Dr.different from amount cr)
  • Failure to post a balance to the trial balance (omission of a balance from the trial balance.
  • Posting a balance to the wrong side of the trial balance
  • Recording a transaction on the same side of the affected accounts(partial reversal entry)
  • Arithmetic mistakes might have been made when balancing the ledger accounts
  • Arithmetic errors in balancing the trial balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grade 3 Best Schemes of Work

Download free Grade 3 Best Schemes of Work:

Grade-3-Kiswahili-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
Grade-3-CRE-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
Grade-3-French-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
Grade-3-Environmental-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
GRADE_3_TERM_2_KISWAHILI_SCHEMES 
Grade-3-Mathematics-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
Grade-3-Creative-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
GRADE-3-REVISION-BOOKLET_Phoenix.pdf
Grade-3-IRE-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work-1.pdf
Grade-3-English-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
Grade-3-Indigenous-Term-II–Schemes-of-Work.pdf
GRADE_3_TERM_2_ENVIRONMENTAL_SCHEMES c
GRADE_3_TERM_2_ENGLISH_SCHEMES 
GRADE_3_TERM_2_CRE_SCHEMES.docx
GRADE_3_TERM_2_MATHEMATICS_SCHEMES 
GRADE_3_TERM_2_CREATIVE_ARTS_SCHEMES 

BIOLOGY LESSON PLANS FORM 3 IN PDF

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………       TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: ……………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: REVIEW OF BINOMIAL NOMENCLATURE.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES: By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Classify common organisms into their main taxonomic units

-Write scientific names of organisms correctly

-List the kingdoms of organisms

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Ask questions to test the extent to which the learners remember the binomial nomenclature learnt in form 1.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 KLB biology students’ book 1.
30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Reviewing the work done in classification 1

-Classifying and naming common organisms like maize, beans, domestic dog and jack

-Reviewing the work done in classification 1

-Classifying and naming common organisms like maize, beans, domestic dog and jack

-Local environment

-Potted plant

-Use of preserved specimen of plants and animals

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 1-3

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 1-3

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 1-4

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Oral evaluation on the sub-topic’s objectives.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 1-4

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………       TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: ……………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM MONERA.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES: By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom monera

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Give examples of the members of the kingdom monera giving a brief explanation.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 -Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 5-6

 

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussion on the general characteristics of Kingdom monera

-Discussion on the general characteristics of Kingdom monera -Local environment on a typical bacteria cell and different types of bacteria -KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 3-4

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 5-6

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Answering questions from the learners for clarity purposes.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 5-6

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………       TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: …………………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM PROTOCTISTA.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES: By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista.

-Observe, draw and name parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena.

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Ask probing questions leading in the knowledge of the kingdom protoctista.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 4-5

 

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista.

-Observe, draw and name parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena.

 

-Observing, drawing and naming parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena -Local environment

-Hand lenses

-Microscope

-Protozoa infusion (cultured)

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 4-5

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 6-8

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Giving assignment on the sub-topic.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 4-5

 

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………       TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: …………………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM FUNGI.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES: By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi.

-List down all the members of kingdom fungi.

-Draw and name parts of bread mold (mucor), yeast and mushrooms.

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Give some examples of the members of the kingdom fungi.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi.

-List down all the members of kingdom fungi.

-Draw and name parts of bread mold (mucor), yeast and mushrooms.

 

-Describing  the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi

-Naming and drawing organisms in this kingdom.

-Local environment

-Wall charts on fungi

-Specimen of fungi

-Hand lenses

microscope

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 6

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Oral evaluation to test the achievement of the sub-topic’s objectives.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 11-14

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

TEACHER’S NAME: …………………………………………       TSC NO: …………….    

SCHOOL/INSTITUTION: …………………………………………………………

FORM: 3                                                    TERM: ………                          YEAR……………..

NUMBER OF STUDENTS…….             SUBJECT:  BIOLOGY

TOPIC: CLASSIFICATION II

SUB-TOPIC: KINGDOM PLANTAE-BRYOPHYTA.

WEEK: ……..                                                                       LESSON NUMBER: ……..

DATE: ……..                                                                         TIME: ……….

OBJECTIVES: By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to;

-Describe the main characteristics of kingdom plantae.

-Describe the main characteristics of bryophyte.

LESSON PRESENTATION

TIME CONTENT LEARNING ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCE
5 MINUTES INTRODUCTION

Ask probing questions.

Discussion.

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

 

30 MINUTES BODY DEVELOPMENT

-Discussion on the main characteristics of kingdom plantae

-Describing and stating the main characteristics of bryophyta

 

-Discussion on the main characteristics of kingdom plantae

-Describing and stating the main characteristics of bryophyta

 

-Local environment

-Wall charts

-Live specimens of moss

-KLB secondary Biology Students book 3 Page 7

-KLB teachers book 3 pages 12-27

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

5 MINUTES CONCLUSION

Answering questions from the learners for clarity purposes.

 

Questions and answers.

 

-Chalk board/white board.

-A piece of chalk/ marker pen.

 

-Principles of biology vol. 2 pages 15

 

SELF-EVALUATION:­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________